Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract No. 2015-26361 . . This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. OWNER SUGGESTED FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION P. Prepared by and Issued and Published Jointly by `0J�J ;EXj\fA \, \�C� iAt( }y m Tn�sxfc,v.t;vvnce�ueE�cinceaaxc t'vatrnv�es sK�a� ®FAMEMEL' i �Nreartrtr 4�SPONSIN�� ASCEAmerican Society National Society of of Civil Engineers Professional Engineers Prolssional Engineers in Private Practice, AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A Practice Division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS Endorsed by CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. This Suggested Form of Agreement has been prepared for use with the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC C -700, 2007 Edition). Their provisions are interrelated, and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. The language contained in the Suggested Instructions to Bidders (EJCDC C -200, 2007 Edition) is also carefully interrelated with the language of this Agreement. Their usage is discussed in the Narrative Guide to the 2007 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC C -001, 2007 Edition). Copyright c0 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -2794 (703) 684 -2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347 -7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191 -4400 (800) 548 -2723 www.asce.org Associated General Contractors of America 2300 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22201 -3308 (703) 548 -3118 www.agc.org The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the four EJCDC sponsoring organizations and held in trust for their benefit by NSPE. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright 0 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. This Suggested Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) ( "Agreement ") has been prepared for use with the Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts ( "Instructions to Bidders ") (EJCDC C -200, 2007 Edition); the Suggested Bid Form for Construction Contracts ( "Bid Form ") (EJCDC C -410, 2007 Edition); and the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract ( "General Conditions ") (EJCDC C -700, 2007 Edition). Their provisions are interrelated, and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. See also the Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC C -800, 2007 Edition), and the Narrative Guide to the 2007 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC C -001, 2007 Edition). This Agreement form assumes use of a Project Manual that contains the following documentary information for a construction project: • Bidding Requirements, which include the advertisement or invitation to bid, the Instructions to Bidders, and the Bid Form that is suggested or prescribed, all of which provide information and guidance for all Bidders; and • Contract Documents, which include the Agreement, performance and payment bonds, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Drawings, and the Specifications. The Bidding Requirements are not Contract Documents because much of their substance pertains to the relationships prior to the award of the Contract and has little effect or impact thereafter, and because many contracts are awarded without going through the bidding process. In some cases, however, the actual Bid may be attached as an exhibit to the Agreement to avoid extensive rekeying. (The definitions of terms used in this Agreement, including `Bidding Documents," `Bidding Requirements," and "Contract Documents," are set forth Article 1 of the General Conditions.) Suggested provisions are accompanied by "Notes to User" to assist in preparing the Agreement. The provisions have been coordinated with the other forms produced by EJCDC. Much of the language should be usable on most projects, but modifications and additional provisions will often be necessary. When modifying the suggested language or writing additional provisions, the user must check the other documents thoroughly for conflicts and coordination of terms and make appropriate revisions in all affected documents. All parties involved in construction projects benefit significantly from a standardized approach in the location of subject matter throughout the documents. Experience confirms the danger of addressing the same subject matter in more than one location: doing so frequently leads to confusion and unanticipated legal consequences. When preparing documents for a construction project, careful attention should be given to the guidance provided in the Uniform Location of Subject Matter (EJCDC N -122). EJCDC has designated Section 00520 for this Agreement. If this convention is used, the first page of the Agreement would be numbered 00520 -1. If CSI's MasterFormat 04TM is being used for the Project Manual, consult MasterFormat 04 for the appropriate section number and number the pages accordingly. For brevity, paragraphs of the Instructions to Bidders are referenced with the prefix "I," those of the Bid Form are referenced with the prefix `BF," and those of this Agreement are referenced with the prefix "A." NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased from any of the organizations listed on the page immediately following the cover page of this document. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paaei SUGGESTED FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR • ' CONSTRUCTION • (STIPULATED THIS AGREEMENT is by and between The City of Columbia Heights, Minnesota ( "Owner ") and Odesa II, LLC Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK ( "Contractor ") 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: ARTICLE 2 — THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: CITY PROJECT NO. 1306 Project Scope: the work includes, but is not limited to removal of existing bituminous pavement, removal of boardwalk and piles, removal of existing park amenities, general site earthwork, asphalt trails and parking lots, shelter structure, fencing, concrete pavement, drainage & utility improvements, restoration (seed/sod), landscape planting and related miscellaneous improvements. ARTICLE 3 — ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been reviewed by the CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS' ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (Engineer), which is to act as Owner's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page i of 8 4.02 Work Sequence A. Site access from 41" Avenue to the project area will be closed by August 1, 2015 for work to be completed under separate contract. Site access will be restricted to 42nd Avenue following closure. 4.03 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The Work will be substantially completed on or before September 11, 2015, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions on or before October 2, 2015.[or] 4.02 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Owner $250.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner $250.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 above for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to Paragraphs 5.01.A, 5.013, and 5.01.0 below: A. For all Work, at the prices stated in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid, attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Bid prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Agreement are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer as provided in Paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 8 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the 151' day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50 percent completed as determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, then as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, there will be no additional retainage; and b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage). B. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 98 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 14.02.13.5 of the General Conditions and less 5 percent of Engineer's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 14.07. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pace 3 of 8 M 49141'CiT1 -XFM 1► D 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the rate of 6 percent per annum. 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, that have been identified in Paragraph SC -4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in Paragraph SC -4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data." E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site - related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents; and (3) Contractor's safety precautions and programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 8.01.E above, Contractor does not consider that further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 8 H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 8 , inclusive). 2. Performance bond (pages 1 to 3 , inclusive). 3. Payment bond (pages 1 to 3 , inclusive). 4. Other bonds (pages to, inclusive). 5. General Conditions (pages 1 to 62, inclusive). 6. Supplementary Conditions (pages 0700 -01to 0700- Ignclusive). 7. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual. 8. Drawings consisting of a Cover Sheet and numbered sheets as listed on the Drawing Index on the Cover Sheet. 9. Addenda (numbers 1 to 3, inclusive.) 10. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Bid (pages 1 to 7 , inclusive). b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award (pages _ to , inclusive). C. 11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed (pages 1 to 1 , inclusive). b. Work Change Directives. c. Change Orders. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 8 B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a parry hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another parry hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents, 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other parry hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 6 of 8 L "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non - competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non - competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. PaL,e 7 of 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. Counterparts have been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or have been identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on February 23 2015 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). Title: Mayor Title: -� Walter R. Fehst Title: Citv Manaaer 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 (If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign. If Owner is a public body, (If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Attest: Title: Address for giving notices: License No.: (Where applicable) attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution Agent for service of process: or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement.) EJCDC C -520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pale 8 of 8 This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. • . �; 1 Prepared by and Issued and Published Jointly by AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A Practice Division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS Endorsed by I q07 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright G 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (EJCDC C -520 or C -525, 2007 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Narrative Guide to the EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC C -001, 2007 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC C-800,2007 Edition). Copyright O 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -2794 (703) 684 -2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347 -7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191 -4400 (800) 548 -2723 www.asce.org Associated General Contractors of America 2300 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22201 -3308 (703) 548 -3118 www.agc.org The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the four EJCDC sponsoring organizations and held in trust for their benefit by NSPE. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology ............................................................................ ..............................1 1.01 Defined Terms ................................................................................................ ............................... l 1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................... ..............................5 Article2 — Preliminary Matters .......................................................................................... ............................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .............................................. ............................... 6 2.02 Copies of Documents ..................................................................................... ............................... 6 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ................................ ............................... 6 2.04 Starting the Work ........................................................................................... ............................... 7 2.05 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................... ............................... 7 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives .. ............................... 7 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ..................................................................... ............................... 7 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse ................. ............................... 3.01 Intent ................................................................................... ............................... 3.02 Reference Standards ........................................................... ............................... 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ............................ ............................... 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ........ ............................... 3.05 Reuse of Documents .......................................................... ............................... 3.06 Electronic Data ................................................................... ............................... ............................ 8 ............................ 8 ............................ 8 ............................ 8 ............................ 9 ..........................10 1n Article 4 — Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points .............................................................................. .............................10 4.01 Availability of Lands ..................................................................................... .............................10 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................. .............................11 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................................ .............................11 4.04 Underground Facilities .................................................................................. .............................13 4.05 Reference Points ............................................................................................ .............................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ................................................. .............................14 Article 5 — Bonds and Insurance ............................ ............................... 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ........................ 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers .......... ............................... 5.03 Certificates of Insurance .................... ............................... 5.04 Contractor's Insurance ....................... ............................... 505 Owner's Liability Insurance ............................. .............................16 ............................. .............................16 ............................. .............................16 . ......................................... ............................... 5.06 Property Insurance ........................................................ ............................... 5.07 Waiver of Rights ........................................................... ............................... 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ............ ............................... .. .............................16 .. .............................17 .. .............................18 .. .............................18 ............................... 20 11 EJCDC C -700 Standard (General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright c0 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paeei 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .............................. .............................21 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer .......................... ............................... 21 Article 6 - Contractor's Responsibilities ........................................................................... .............................22 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence .................................................................. .............................22 37 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................... .............................22 37 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ............................................................ ............................... 22 6.04 Progress Schedule ........................................................................................ ............................... 23 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals" ........................................................................ ............................... 23 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ....................................... .............................25 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .............................................................................. .............................27 6.08 Permits ............................................................................................................ .............................27 6.09 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................. ............................... 27 6.10 Taxes .............................................................................................................. .............................28 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................ ............................... 28 6.12 Record Documents ......................................................................................... .............................29 6.13 Safety and Protection ..................................................................................... .............................29 6.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................... ............................... 30 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ................................................................ .............................30 6.16 Emergencies ................................................................................................. ............................... 30 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ....................................................................... ............................... 30 6.18 Continuing the Work .................................................................................... ............................... 32 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee ............................................. .............................32 6.20 Indemnification ............................................................................................ ............................... 33 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................... ............................... 34 Article 7 - Other Work at the Site ...................................................................................... .............................35 7.01 Related Work at Site ...................................................................................... .............................35 7.02 Coordination ................................................................................................... .............................35 7.03 Legal Relationships ........................................................................................ .............................36 Article 8 - Owner's Responsibilities ................................................................................ ............................... 36 8.01 Communications to Contractor ...................................................................... .............................36 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ............................................................................. ............................... 36 8.03 Furnish Data ................................................................................................... .............................36 8.04 Pay When Due ............................................................................................. ............................... 36 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .................................................... ............................... 36 8.06 Insurance ...................................................................................................... ............................... 36 8 07 Chan e Orders 36 Article 9 - Engineer's Status During Construction ......................................................... ............................... 37 9.01 Owner's Representative ................................................................................. .............................37 9.02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................. ............................... 37 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page ii g.............................................................................................. ............................... 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................... ............................... 37 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities .................................................... ............................... 37 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ....................................... .............................37 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................................................... ............................... 37 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program ................................................................ ............................... 37 Article 9 - Engineer's Status During Construction ......................................................... ............................... 37 9.01 Owner's Representative ................................................................................. .............................37 9.02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................. ............................... 37 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page ii 9.03 Project Representative ................................................................................... .............................38 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ..................................................................... .............................38 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ............................................................................. .............................38 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ............................................. .............................38 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work ............................................................. .............................39 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work .....................39 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ........................... .............................39 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program .................................................................. .............................40 Article 10 - Changes in the Work; Claims ........................................................................ .............................40 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work .................................................................. .............................40 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work .............................................................. .............................40 10.03 Execution of Change Orders .......................................................................... .............................41 10.04 Notification to Surety ..................................................................................... .............................41 10.05 Claims ............................................................................................................. .............................41 Article 11 - Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ........................................ ............................... 42 11.01 Cost of the Work .......................................................................................... ............................... 42 11.02 Allowances ................................................................................................... ............................... 45 11.03 Unit Price Work ........................................................................................... ............................... 45 Article 12 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Times ................................ ............................... 46 12.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................... .............................46 12.02 Change of Contract Times ........................................................................... ............................... 47 12.03 Delays ............................................................................................................. .............................47 Article 13 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ......................48 13.01 Notice of Defects ......................................................................................... ............................... 48 13.02 Access to Work ............................................................................................ ............................... 48 13.03 Tests and Inspections ................................................................................... ............................... 48 13.04 Uncovering Work ........................................................................................... .............................49 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work .......................................................................... ............................... 50 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................. ............................... 50 13.07 Correction Period ......................................................................................... ............................... 50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .................................................................... ............................... 51 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work .......................................................... ............................... 51 Article 14 - Payments to Contractor and Completion ..................................................... ............................... 52 14.01 Schedule of Values ....................................................................................... ............................... 52 14.02 Progress Payments ....................................................................................... ............................... 52 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title .................................................................... ............................... 55 14.04 Substantial Completion .................................................................................. .............................55 14.05 Partial Utilization ......................................................................................... ............................... 56 14.06 Final Inspection .............................................................................................. .............................56 14.07 Final Payment ................................................................................................. .............................57 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ............................................................................. .............................58 14.09 Waiver of Claims ......................................................................................... ............................... 58 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright U 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page iii Article 15 — Suspension of Work and Termination ......................................................... ............................... 58 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ......................................................................... ............................... 58 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause .................................................................. .............................58 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ...................................................... .............................60 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ................................................... ............................... 60 Article16 — Dispute Resolution ....................................................................................... ............................... 61 16.01 Methods and Procedures .............................................................................. ............................... 61 Article17 — Miscellaneous ............................................................................................... ............................... 61 17.01 Giving Notice ............................................................................................... ............................... 61 17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................. ............................... 61 17.03 Cumulative Remedies .................................................................................. ............................... 62 17.04 Survival of Obligations ................................................................................ ............................... 62 17.05 Controlling Law ........................................................................................... ............................... 62 17.06 Headings ......................................................................................................... .............................62 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page iv ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid —The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. b. Bidder —The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents —The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order —A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim —A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third parry is not a Claim. 11. Contract —The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 62 12. Contract Documents —Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price —The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times —The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any; (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work —See Paragraph 11.01 for definition. 17. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer —The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. Field Order —A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements — Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition —The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 23. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens — Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 2 of 62 27. Notice of Award —The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner —The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs — Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum— Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non - Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual —The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material — Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 37. Samples — Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 38. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 39. Schedule of Values —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 62 40. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 41. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 42. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 43. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 44. Substantial Completion —The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 45. Successful Bidder —The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 46. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 47. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 48. Underground Facilities —All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 49. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 50. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 51. Work Change Directive —A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 62 addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through F are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pate 5 of 62 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well -known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence oflnsurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 62 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit instructions, receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 62 the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 62 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 62 3. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60 -day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pate 10 of 62 Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright OC 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pale I1 of 62 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if. a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, neither Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pate 12 of 62 professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 62 or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright D 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 14 of 62 Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 4.06.E. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.1-1 shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pale 15 of 62 I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.13, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.13 and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pase 16 of 62 B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of Contractor's full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. D. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor. E. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright V 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 62 I . with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, be written on an occurrence basis, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 4. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 5. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 6. include completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall remain in effect for two years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 62 I . include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all- risk" policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage (other than that caused by flood), and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such equipment breakdown insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 19 of 62 insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or loss payees thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 62 against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the loss payees, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.13. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non - conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.13. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other parry may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the parry who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 21 of 62 i 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 22 of 62 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or- equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. "Or-Equal" Iten7s: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or- equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if- a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 62 2. Substitute Items: a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or- equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented by the General Requirements, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 24 of 62 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or- equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pate 25 of 62 other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as a loss payee on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright (P 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 62 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright G 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 27 of 62 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pace 28 of 62 shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner's safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner's safety programs that are applicable to the Work. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pale 29 of 62 A 6.15 6.16 6.17 D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright CC 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 30 of 62 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures: 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright Q 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 31 of 62 Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 62 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 62 Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Sen ices A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 62 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a parry to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 62 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's wrongful actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor under direct contract to Owner for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's wrongful action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 — OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright Oc 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 62 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents. 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D. 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 62 and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09, If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 38 of 62 B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believes that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.13. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pase 39 of 62 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Engineer has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.D. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 40 of 62 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.13. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Times shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 41 of 62 opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part; 2, approve the Claim; or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.1) will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE I I — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.13, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 62 Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 62 f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.0I.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0I.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost -plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. PaEe 44 of 62 D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paae 45 of 62 D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if- 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.13.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.0I.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l .A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paize 46 of 62 c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs I1.0l.A.4, 11.0l.A.5, and 11.01.13; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a through 12.0l.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 62 control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer, and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.1) below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.043 shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 62 C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Mork A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pate 49 of 62 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 62 resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 62 equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paize 52 of 62 Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief. a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. PaLye 53 of 62 b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.13.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.1)) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment: 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended; or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Pale 54 of 62 d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.I and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 62 pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 14.04.A through D for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 62 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.13.6; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. Ali rights reserved. Page 57 of 62 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 58 of 62 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion); 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere; and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright Ci 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Paee 59 of 62 F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.0l.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 62 • 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright U 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 62 • �, 1 1 TO 1O 1I — STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF ARTICLE TITLE Introduction................................................................................. ............................... S.C. O. Definitions................................................................................ ............................... S.C. 1.01 PreliminarySchedules ........................................................... ............................... S.C. 2.05A Intentof Document .................................................................. ............................... S.C. 3.01 Availabilityof Lands .................................................................... ...........................S.C. 4.01 Contractor's Liability Insurance ................................................... ...........................S.C. 5.04 Contractual Endorsement ...................................................... ............................... S.C. 5.04B Supervision and Superintendence ............................................ ............................... S.C. 6.01 Permits......................................................................................... ...........................S.C. 6.08 ShopDrawings and Samples ....................................................... ...........................S.C. 6.08 SafetyRepresentative ................................................................... ...........................S.C. 6.14 Changes in the Work: Claims ...................................................... ...........................S.C. 6.17 UnitPrice Work .................................................................. ............................... S.C. 11.03C Change of Contract Price ........................................................ ...........................S.C. 12.01A Change of Contract Times ................................................. ............................... S.C. 12.02.A Testand Inspections ................................................................... ...........................S.C. 13.03 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................ ...........................S.C. 13.06 CorrectionPeriod ............................................................... ............................... S.C. 13.07.A ProgressPayments ..................................................................... ...........................S.C. 14.02 Final Application for Payment ................................................... ...........................S.C. 14.07 Non - Discrimination Toward Handicapped Persons .................. ...........................S.C. 17.07 00700- 1 00700-2 These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (2007 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions, which are not so amended, or supplemented, remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions, which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (2007 Edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The use of the word "OWNER" refers to the City of Columbia Heights. 2. The use of the word "ENGINEER" refers to the City Engineer (or his designated representative) of the City of Columbia Heights. The use of the word "CONTRACTOR" refers to the firm or company contracted to do the work described in these specifications. ARTICLE S.C. 2.05A PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES Paragraph 2.05A of the General Conditions shall be deleted and the following inserted in its place. "2.05A Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), before starting any work at the site, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for its timely review:" ARTICLES 2.05A.1; 2.05A.2; AND 2.05A.3 REMAIN AS SHOWN. ARTICLE S.C. 3.01 INTENT OF DOCUMENTS The work shall be performed in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2005 edition and any supplements or amendments thereto issued prior to the date of these Contract Documents, except as modified or supplemented by the "Standard Utility Specifications for Water Main and Service Line Installation and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Installation" as published by the League of Minnesota Cities, St. Paul, Minnesota, in 1999 and as modified or supplemented in these General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions or other Contract Documents. 00700-3 Coordination of plans and specifications shall be in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 1504, as modified by the following definitions: 3.02.1 Standard Specifications: Refer in precedent order to the "Standard Utility Specification" revised 1999, of the League of Minnesota Cities, the MnDOT Standard Specifications, 2005 edition, and the other specifications of ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc., as referenced and as published on the date of the bid advertisement. 3.02.2 Supplemental Specifications: Refer in precedent order to the Supplementary General Conditions and the General Conditions as contained in these Contract Documents. Work under these Contract Documents shall be governed by all applicable Federal, State and Local laws, regulations, codes and ordinance and the Contract Documents. In the event of a conflict of meaning between any of the terms of the Contract Documents, the provisions of the document listed first below shall prevail over those of a document listed later: Contract Agreement Supplementary Conditions Project Plans Proposal and Proposal Form Addenda Technical Specifications General Conditions Special provisions and detail plans are intended to modify and prevail over standard plans and specifications. Should the Contract Documents conflict with any of the laws, regulations, codes, and ordinances mentioned in preceding paragraphs of these Supplementary Conditions, the laws and regulations shall take precedence. This shall not, however, be construed to relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents which are in excess of, but not contrary to, the laws and regulations. ARTICLE S.C. 4.01 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The fourth sentence of Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions shall be deleted and the following inserted in its place: "If Contractor believes that there has been delay in Owner's furnishing these permits, lands, rights -of -way or easements, Contractor's sole remedy shall be an extension of contract time, for which the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 10.05" ARTICLE S.C. 5.04. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, or greater, when required by laws and regulations. 00700-4 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 Worker's Compensation, etc., under Paragraphs 5.04.A.I and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: STATE: STATUTORY APPLICABLE FEDERAL (E.G., LONGSHOREMAN'S) STATUTORY EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY $1,000,000 5.04.A.3; 5.04.A.4; and 5.04.A.5; Comprehensive General Liability (under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.5 of the General Conditions): 1. Bodily Injury (including completed operations and products liability): $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate 2. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate or a combined single limit of: $2,000,000 3. Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse and Underground Coverage's where applicable. Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate 5.04.A.6 Comprehensive Automobile Liability: Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence or combined single limit of: $1,000,000 ARTICLE S.C. 5.04.13 CONTRACTUAL ENDORSEMENT The Contractual Liability required by Paragraph 5.04.13 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: 5.04.B.4.1 Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 00700-5 5.04.B.2 Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate ARTICLE S.C. 6.01 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall provide adequate supervision (superintendent) of the work as the job progresses. The superintendent shall report daily to the Engineer on the progress of the work and the number of men on the job. The superintendent shall maintain complete records of the work as it progresses and shall submit these records with each request for payment. The Contractor shall provide an adequate staff for properly coordinating and expediting the work, including office staff to handle by telephone any questions which may arise in the conductance of the work. ARTICLE S.C. 6.08 PERMITS The City of Columbia Heights will obtain permits that are necessary for this work from the following outside agencies: -- * Minnesota Department of Health -- * Metropolitan Council Environmental Services -- * Army Corp of Engineers. The Contractor is responsible to obtain permits that are necessary for this work from the following outside agencies: -- * Minnesota Department of Transportation -- * Anoka County Highway Department -- * Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (including General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity) -- Rice Creek Watershed District -- * Department of Natural Resources. All work under this contract shall take place on City -owned property, City -owned right -of -way, County -owned right -of -way, Mn/DOT -owned right -of -way, or easements to be obtained by the City under this contract. No work shall commence until the necessary permits are obtained. Before work is started, the Contractor shall obtain necessary locations of all underground utilities by contacting GOPHER STATE ONE CALL at 651- 454 -0002. � ARTICLE S.C. 6.14 SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE Amend Paragraph 6.14.A of the General Conditions by inserting the following after the first sentence: "In addition, Contractor shall provide a "competent person" as defined by O.S.H.A. on site when trench work is being performed." And as so amended Paragraph 6.14.A remains in effect. ARTICLE S.C. 6.17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Amend Paragraph 6.17.A. Lb of the General Conditions by inserting the following after the first sentence: "Each shop drawing for a manhole or a catch basin shall reference the plan page number and the structure number." And as so amended Paragraph 6.17.A. Lb remains in effect. ARTICLE S.C. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK: CLAIMS Amend the third sentence of Paragraph 10.05.A of the General Conditions to read as follows: "Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter, will be delivered by the Claimant to Engineer and the other part to the Agreement promptly (but, in no event later than ten (10) days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto." And as so amended Paragraph 10.05.A remains in effect. Except as specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer at the time additional work is done beyond the original scope of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall have and make no claims for additional compensation. The Contractor's plea of ignorance of foreseeable conditions which will create difficulties or hindrances in the execution of the work will not be acceptable to the Owner as an excuse for any failure of the Contractor to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not be a basis for the Contractor's claim for additional compensation. Any discrepancies in or conflicts between the items described in these Contract Documents must be submitted, in writing, to the Engineer for adjustment prior to proceeding with the work, as any claims for additional compensation to achieve compliance with the requirements of those items will not be allowed or considered. M� ARTICLE G.C. 11.03.0 shall be amended by deleting this section in its entirety and substituting instead the following language: "There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities under this Contract." ARTICLE S.C. 12.01.A CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE Amend the second sentence of Paragraph 12.0 LA of the General Conditions to read as follows: "Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to the Engineer promptly (but, in no event later than ten (10) days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general notice of the claim." And as so amended Paragraph 12.01.A remains in effect. ARTICLE S.C. 12.02.A CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME Amend the second sentence of Paragraph 12.02A of the General Conditions to read as follows: "Any claim for an extension or shortening of the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but, in no event later than ten days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim." And as so amended Paragraph 12.02 remains in effect. ARTICLE S.C. 13.03 TEST AND INSPECTIONS ARTICLE G.C. 13.03.13 shall be amended by deleting this section in its entirety and substituting instead the following language: "The testing of materials called for in the Contract Documents shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer, except as otherwise specified. All project site sampling and testing required by the Engineer shall be ordered and paid for by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide whatever services are needed to sample materials and perform tests at all specified locations at no cost. All tests on material to be placed shall be completed prior to the placing of any material. All retests due to failure of original tests shall be paid for by the Contractor until satisfactorily passing in accordance with the minimum requirements identified or referenced in the contract documents. MW OM Signed copies of all reports on tests shall be sent at once to the Engineer and the Contractor. These copies shall be received by the Engineer prior to the placing of any of the tested items. Tests shall be made in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard and Tentative specifications that apply, except as otherwise specified. Rejected materials shall immediately be removed from the site and shall not be used in the work. Inspection and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or supplier from the responsibility of furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the plans and specifications. Density tests will be by "Specified Density" method." Amend Paragraph 13.06.A of the General Conditions by inserting the following after the first sentence: "Correction work for bituminous surfacing shall conform to the requirements and standard plates in the City's right -of -way ordinance." And as so amended Paragraph 13.06.A remains in effect. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 13.07.A of the General Conditions to read as follows: "If within two (2) years after the date of substantial completion in utility trench areas and one year after the date of substantial completion for the remainder of the construction, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom." And as so amended Paragraph 13.07.A remains in effect. The Contractor must pay any subcontractor for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor within ten (10) days of the Contractor's receipt of payment from the owner. The Contractor must pay interest of I V2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor or any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the Contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from the Contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action. ARTICLE S.C. 14.07. FINAL PAYMENT Before final payment is made for the work on this project, the Contractor must make a satisfactory showing that he has complied with the provisions of M.S.A. 290.92 requiring the withholding of State income taxes for wages paid to employees on this project. Receipt by the Owner of the Certificates of Compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation (IC -134) will satisfy this requirement. The Contractor is advised that before such certificate can be issued, he must first place on file with the Commissioner of Taxation an affidavit that he has complied with the provisions of M.S.A 290.92. The required affidavit form will be supplied by the Commissioner of Taxation, Centennial Office Building, St. Paul, Minnesota, on request. ARTICLE S.C. 17. MISCELLANEOUS ADD: ARTICLE S.C. 17.07 NON - DISCRIMINATION TOWARD HANDICAPPED PERSONS Before final payment is made for work on this project, the Contractor shall submit a letter to the Owner stating that the Contractor's firm maintains a policy of non - discrimination towards persons with handicapped conditions. 00700- 10 I Clullml (Revised 2013) Prepared by: City Engineers Association of Minnesota LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION I CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792-11 PAGE 1 1 IM LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 2 Page 1. General .......................................................................................... ..............................3 2 Scope of Work .............................................................................. ..............................3 3. Description of Project .................................................................. ..............................3 4. Work Sequence ............................................................................ ..............................4 5. Award of Bids ............................................................................... ..............................4 6. Construction Limits ..................................................................... ..............................4 7. Protection of the Public ................................................................ ..............................4 8. Protection of Adjacent Properties ................................................ ..............................4 9. Protection of Existing Facilities .................................................. ............................... 5 10. Time of Work ............................................................................... ..............................5 11. Inspection of Work ....................................................................... ..............................5 12. Cleanup ........................................................................................ ..............................6 13. Dewatering .................................................................................... ..............................6 14. Traffic Provisions, Signing and Public Safety ........................ ............................... 6 -7 15. Temporary Water ......................................................................... ..............................7 16. Temporary Sanitary Facilities ...................................................... ..............................7 17. Testing ................................................................................... ............................... 8 -10 18. Construction Stakes -- Alignment and Grades ............................ .............................10 19. Air and Water Pollution .............................................................. .............................10 20. Final Inspection ................................................................... ............................... 10 -11 21. Liquidated Damages ................................................................... .............................11 22. Affidavit of Non - Collusion ......................................................... .............................11 23. Site Maintenance ................................................................. ............................... I1 -12 24. Rubber -Tired Equipment ............................................................ .............................12 25. Compensation for Increased or Decreased Quantities ................. .............................12 26. Pre - Construction Conference ...................................................... .............................13 27. Sanitary Sewer Pay Depths .......................................................... .............................13 28. Erosion Control ........................................................................... .............................13 29. Mobilization ................................................................................. .............................13 30. Special Provisions ................................................................ ............................... 14 -18 LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 2 DIVISION ., MEMKI The General Conditions and Instructions to Bidders of the Work under contract as set forth in these Contract Documents shall apply to all work and materials furnished under these General Requirements and Technical Specifications except as may be hereinafter modified. a1 9k, The Work to be carried out under these General Requirements shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the construction of the proposed improvements, complete in place as described in these General Requirements. The followin4 is a brief description of the work included as part of this protect: LaBelle Park Site Improvements City Project No. 1306 Project Scope: the work includes, but is not limited to removal of existing bituminous pavement, removal of boardwalk and piles, removal of existing park amenities, general site earthwork, asphalt trails and parking lots, shelter structure, fencing, concrete pavement, drainage & utility improvements, restoration (seed /sod), landscape planting and related miscellaneous improvements. The work for City Project 1306 shall be substantially completed on or before September 11, 2015, and ready for final inspection by October 2, 2015. Access from 41 s' Avenue to the project area will be closed by August 1, 2015 for work to be completed under separate contract. Site access will be restricted to 42nd Avenue following closure. Substantial completion shall be defined as the sites adequately and sufficiently complete in accordance with the Construction Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. It shall include all major site work including the bituminous wear course for parking lots and heavy duty trails. Final completion shall be defined as the completion of all work as represented in the plans and specifications, including restoration. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 3 Prior to the start of any work, as noted elsewhere in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer for approval, a schedule of procedure and after once approved, he shall not deviate from it without written permission from the Engineer. The schedule of procedure shall indicate the number of crews and men to be employed, locations of work for each crew, time schedule, work sequence, and moves and other pertinent information as required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform his work in such a manner as to cause the least interference with and delay to such other work as may be in progress at the time, by other contractors. As noted in the Instructions to Bidders, the City Council will be considering Award of Bids of the work at its regular meeting on February 23, 2015. It is anticipated that the City Council will award the contract at that time. It should be noted that there will be no compensation for increased or decreased quantities and the City reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the City considers the Award of Bids. 6. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his operations to the limits of the construction area. The City will endeavor to have obtained all necessary easements and rights -of -way prior to the start of construction. Failure to acquire all easements and rights -of -way prior to the start of construction shall not be cause for the Contractor to request a time extension. Prior to beginning work, the City must have the necessary rights -of -way and easements. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer and obtain permission before storing, stockpiling, building haul roads, excavation, etc., outside existing rights -of -way. Lei The Contractor shall provide all necessary barricades, fences and other protection as required for the proper execution of the work and for the protection of his employees, employees of the Owner, and other personnel according to all Federal, State, and Local regulations. This provision shall be incidental to the construction and no direct compensation will be paid therefor. 8. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES The Contractor shall take whatever steps are necessary to protect adjoining properties and structures from hazards in connection with his performance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to properties and structures that occur as a result of his operations. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 4 A. Every effort has been made to position and dimension all existing City utilities on the plans. The information was obtained from the City's Engineering Department. The Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the plans. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the final location of these utilities by field verification (including municipal water and sewer lines and appurtenances) and to notify the utility companies or affected agency a minimum of seventy two (72) hours prior to the commencement of work in each area. 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any conflict between the existing utilities and the proposed construction. The Engineer in cooperation with utility companies shall determine the necessity for any relocation of these utilities. B. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and facilities so that they will continue to function in their proper manner both during construction and in the future. Any supporting structure that maybe required because of the Contractor's operations shall be provided by him. 1. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Engineer any conditions such as sand in manholes or valve boxes existing prior to the Contractor's excavation. Once excavation has commenced, it will be assumed that all damage to underground utilities has been caused by the Contractor's operations and it will be his responsibility to make the necessary repairs. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in advance of all times when men and equipment are to work on this construction. In accordance with ordinances of the City of Columbia Heights, no work on this project shall take place between the hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. and any time on Sundays, unless permission has been granted by the Owner. A. The Owner shall have the right to inspect the work at the job and storage site(s). The Contractor shall facilitate access to the work for the purpose of said inspection. B. Defects or departures from the Contract Documents uncovered during inspections shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 5 12. CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall remove all debris associated with the items of work included under this Contract. This debris shall be removed upon completion of the work or at such other times as may be necessary for coordination of the work of the Owner or others, the safety of employees, and the public or as required by applicable codes and regulations. B. Should the Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not cleanup the site as specified above, the Owner reserves the right to have this work done by others and charge the Contractor for the expense of said work. C. The Contractor shall remove from the site all equipment and excess materials associated with the work after the work is completed. The Contractor shall provide excavation dewatering as necessary to allow for construction on stable foundation all at the expense of the Contractor. Dewatering operations may be controlled by permit from the DNR or other agencies. The Contractor is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions to permits. The cost of all dewatering shall be incidental to the utility construction operation. 14. TRAFFIC PROVISIONS, SIGNING AND PUBLIC SAFETY A. MnDOT 1404 and 1710 shall apply except as supplemented below: 1. All work under this Contract which may affect traffic shall be coordinated with the Engineer so as to provide reasonable traffic access to the area under construction. The Engineer reserves the right to require immediate backfilling of any street area which the Engineer deems to be in the best interests of traffic circulation within the City. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the backfilled trench in a condition to allow the passage of traffic until such time as restoration or reconstruction of the surface. No additional compensation will be paid for this maintenance. 2. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain warning lights and barricades as required by the Engineer to adequately warn and protect pedestrian and vehicular traffic from hazardous protrusions, materials, excavations, etc., resulting directly or indirectly from the construction. No payment will be made therefore. These lights, signs, etc., shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD). LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 6 3. At all times the Contractor shall prosecute his work in a manner which will allow access to all areas within the project by police and fire equipment. B. Method of Measurement: 1. Measure all required procedures and equipment on a lump sum basis. 2. No measurement will be made for individual items, equipment or temporary pavement markings. 3. Procedural and equipment revisions resulting from minor changes or field adjustments will be considered incidental. C. Basis of Payment: 1. Payment for the maintenance of traffic shall be at the Contract Unit Price as listed on the Bid Form. All associated work items shall be considered incidental. 2. Progress payment amounts for traffic control will be determined by the percentage of the total contract completed based on the following schedule: % OF CONTRACT Completed % of Item Paid 5% 15% 25% 40% 50% 70% 75% 90% 100% 100% Water for new construction purposes may be obtained from the City. The Contractor shall make suitable arrangements with the Water Department for the location where water may be obtained. The City will not charge for water for all normal requirements, but reserves the right to charge the costs of any water which is used over these normal requirements; such cost to be charged to the contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain a temporary closet or privy of a type and a location approved by the Engineer. Any person working on the project shall be allowed to use the facility. The facility shall be removed when directed by the Engineer. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 7 17. TESTING The project site sampling and testing of materials, called for hereinafter, shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer, except as otherwise specified. These project site tests shall be ordered by the Engineer and paid for by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide whatever services are needed to sample materials and perform these tests at all specified locations. Tests shall be made in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard and Tentative Specifications that apply, except as otherwise specified. Inspections and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or Supplier from responsibility in furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when the construction item is ready to be tested. The Engineer may elect to delay the testing a reasonable amount of time to incorporate a larger area or quantity. All initial tests at the specified locations shall be ordered by the Engineer and paid for by the Owner. Signed copies of all test reports shall be sent at once to the Engineer and the Contractor. These copies shall be received by the Engineer prior to authorizing the placement of any materials. The City is not responsible for delays caused by the testing laboratory. Should the specified tests fail to meet the requirements of the specifications, the Contractor shall take such additional tests at his expense as may be required to satisfy the Engineer that the materials conform to the specifications. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a letter from an approved testing laboratory indicating that all materials meet the requirements of the specifications and all tests as required have been completed according to specifications. Rejected materials shall immediately be removed from the site and shall not be used in the work. Signed copies of all reports on tests shall be sent at once to the Engineer and the Contractor. These copies shall be received by the Engineer prior to the placing of any of the tested items. Tests shall be made in accordance with the placing of any of the tested items. Tests shall be made in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard and Tentative Specifications that apply, except as otherwise specified. Rejected materials shall immediately be removed from the site and shall not be used in the work. Inspections and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or Supplier from responsibility in furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the plans and specifications. Density test will be by "Specified Density" method. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 8 The actual test locations and elevations will be determined in the field by the Engineer. The frequency of testing required for this Project is as follows: A. Utility Trench Compaction Tests. One (1) test for every two (2) stations measured along centerline is to be taken below the upper three feet (3') of the trench backfill. One (1) test for every two (2) stations measured along centerline is to be taken within the upper three feet (3') of the trench backfill. Nuclear densities are not acceptable. B. Class 5 or 7 Gradation Sample. One (1) sample will be taken for every 1,000 tons of material used and tested for gradation. No gravel material will be permitted on the project until the pit sample has been approved by the Engineer. C. Class 5 or 7 Compaction Tests. One (1) test every two (2) stations measured along centerline is to be taken six inches to twelve inches (6" to 12 ") below the finished base grade. One (1) test every two (2) stations measured along centerline is to be taken within the top six inches (6 ") of base. Nuclear densities are not acceptable. D. Bituminous Paving Samples will be required for every 500 tons placed to check the asphalt content and density. The test samples and procedures will consist of the following: Obtain seventeen to twenty two (17 -22) pound samples from behind the paver and test for: (1) Marshall Compaction Test in accordance with Marshall Method. (2) Asphalt extraction in accordance with ASTM 2172, and (3) Mechanical Analysis in accordance with ASTM C136. Cut six -inch (6 ") diameter cores and test for: (1) Laboratory Density Compaction Test in accordance with ASTM D2726. (2) Thickness of compacted pavement section E. Ready Mix Concrete. One (1) air content and one (1) slump test will be required on the first three (3) truckloads in each separate placement operation to establish control. After three (3) acceptable tests without a failure have been performed, the testing frequency shall be one (1) test for every 100 cubic yards of concrete placed on the same day. If any nonconforming concrete is delivered to the site, each subsequent load will be tested until three consecutive tests indicate that control has been established. One (1) set of three (3) Concrete Cylinder Samples will be required for every 100 cubic yards of concrete placed on the project, with a minimum of one (1) set for each day concrete is placed. These initial tests will be paid for by the Owner. The Contractor shall take such additional tests at his expense as may be required to satisfy the Engineer that the LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 9 materials conform to the specifications should the specified tests fail to meet the requirements of the specifications. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a letter from an approved testing laboratory indicating that all materials meet the requirements of the specifications and all tests as required have been completed according to specifications. 18. CONSTRUCTION STAKES -- ALIGNMENT AND GRADES All work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with lines and grades shown on the drawings and as verified by the Engineer. All construction surveying for providing construction stakes for alignment and grades shall be completed by a Registered Land Surveyor employed by the Contractor. These lines and grades may be modified by the Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient notice (two (2) working days or more) of his need for review and verification of all construction lines and grades. After lines and grades for any part of the work have been set, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the proper execution of the work to such lines and grades until their removal is authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, correct any mistakes caused by their unauthorized disturbance or removal. The Engineer may require that work be suspended at any time when, for any reason, such marks cannot be properly followed. No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any replacement of line and grade stakes due to unauthorized removal or relocation during the course of the project. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing all line and grade stakes as needed throughout the course of the project, at Contractor's expense. 19. AIR AND WATER POLLUTION Pollution of natural resources of air, land, and water by operations under this Contract shall be prevented, controlled and abated in accordance with the rules, regulations, and standards adopted and established by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for dust control as an incidental item. 20. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from the Contractor that the project is completed, the Engineer will make a preliminary inspection with the Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary inspection the Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the work is defective or incomplete. Upon receiving the written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately undertake the work required to remedy defects and complete the project to the satisfaction of the Engineer. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 10 When the Contractor has corrected or completed the items as listed in the Engineer's Written Notice, he shall inform the Engineer, in writing, that the required work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the Engineer, in the presence of the Contractor shall make his final inspection of the project. Should the Engineer find all work satisfactory at the time of this inspection, the Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Should the Engineer still find dissatisfaction with the work, the Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies and will deny the Contractor's request for final payment, until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily completed the required work. 21. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Section 1807.2, Wavier of Liquidated Damages, is amended by eliminating the second paragraph in its entirety. Liquidated damages will accrue during the period from November 1 st to April 15th inclusive, if the work has not been completed according to the stipulated schedule for substantial and final completion. Each bidder shall submit with his proposal, an affidavit of non - collusion, signed by one of the officers of the firm and notarized. The Affidavit to be used is bound into these Contract documents. 23. SITE MAINTENANCE Maintenance of the streets and areas under construction, detours, by- passes, and equipment yards used in conjunction with the project shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include keeping the streets free of obstacles, and parked equipment, barricades that are not in use, blading the traveled ways, and controlling the dust in the construction area. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction of all necessary temporary haul roads required to complete the required excavation and disposal. Construction of temporary haul roads shall also include placement of necessary granular material over existing bituminous roadway surfaces. This material shall be of sufficient depth to allow for protection of existing bituminous surfaces. Construction of necessary haul roads shall be considered an incidental item to other construction items and no direct compensation will be made. When dust becomes or appears to be becoming a nuisance or problem to the area or nearby residents, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to immediately alleviate the undesirable conditions. The maintenance responsibility herein described shall be inherent to the Contractor and shall be applicable at all times, including weekends, LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 11 throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall provide periodic inspection of the project, particularly during and after storms, to maintain blinker and barricades, provide dust and erosion control and general maintenance. If the Contractor is negligent in this respect, the City reserves the right to perform this work with its own forces at overtime rates. The costs of such work will be charged to the Contractor. Section 2130 of the specifications is hereby amended to provide that the Contractor shall furnish and apply all water necessary on the project, including water used as dust palliative, washing of equipment, etc., and that such water shall be considered as an incidental item to the Contract and no direct payment will be made therefore. If the Contractor elects, he may use water from the City's water distribution system at no charge, provided he makes suitable arrangements with the Water Department. Water from private sources may be used only if permission has been granted by the property owner. Disregard of this provision shall be cause for suspension of the project until the Contractor can show evidence that men have hired specifically to perform the above work and will be on the project at all times. Streets in the area not under construction shall be kept free of construction materials, dirt, and other undesirable material. Where materials or debris have washed or flowed into or have been placed in ditches, gutters, drains, catch basins or elsewhere as a result of the Contractor's operations, such material or debris shall be removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of the work. All ditches, channels, drains, etc., shall be kept in clean and neat conditions. The Contractor shall provide and use only rubber -tired dozers, front -end loaders and other necessary equipment, other than the paving machine, on all work where street pavement or portions of pavement are undisturbed. All such pavements shall be protected as the Engineer may direct. No compensation will be allowed the Contractor for replacement of damaged street pavements or utilities not scheduled for replacement. 25. COMPENSATION FOR INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES Delete Paragraphs 1 through 3, MnDOT Section 1903 and substitute the following: "There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities under this Contract." LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 12 9 Prior to the start of the work, there will be a preconstruction conference arranged by the Engineer. Representatives of the Engineer and Contractor (including his project superintendent) shall be present at this meeting. At this meeting, the Contractor shall designate a competent project superintendent who shall be familiar with all phases of the work to be executed and who shall oversee the work during its progress. The project superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence, and communications and directions given by him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Also at this meeting, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer for approval, a schedule of procedure indicating the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the various stages of the work, the dates on which he will start the several salient features thereof (including procurement of materials, plant and equipment), and the contemplated dates for completing the same. This schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart of a suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of work scheduled and completed by weekly intervals. The Contractor shall not deviate from said schedule after it has been approved without the permission of the Engineer. 27. SANITARY SEWER PAY DEPTHS Pay depths for sewer construction will be based on the proposed street subgrade elevations or the existing ground, which ever is less, at the time of construction. Erosion control shall be placed and maintained by the contractor and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use the appropriate means of control for individual situations. The erosion control types are specified in the "MNPCA Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas" manual and include filter fence, fiber blanket, storm drain inlet protection, rock construction entrances, diversion ditches, and hay bales around catch basins, all which will be considered incidental to the project cost unless a pay item is provided. Failure to maintain the erosion control will be sufficient cause to withhold further payments on the project until the maintenance is complete. A. This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the Project site; for the establishment of all Contractor offices and buildings or other facilities necessary for work on the Project. All mobilization costs are the responsibility of the Contractor and are considered incidental to the project, there is NOT a line item for this on the Bid Form documents. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 13 1 # 30. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES Existing property iron monuments (capped or uncapped) disturbed by the Contractor shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Existing irrigation systems disturbed.by the Contractor shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Construction area must be cleaned up daily. No dumpsters are permitted at the construction site. 14. TRAFFIC PROVISIONS, SIGNING AND PUBLIC SAFETY Traffic shall be maintained in accordance with MnDOT 1404 and traffic control devices shall be furnished in accordance with MnDOT 1710 and the following: The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove all traffic control devices in accordance with the Traffic Control Layouts /Typical Traffic Control Layouts in the Plans (if applicable), these Special Provisions, and the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MnMUTCD) C including the most recent edition of the Field Manual for temporary traffic control zone layouts. The Engineer will have the right to modify the requirements for traffic control as he /she deems necessary due to existing field conditions. Special Project Requirements: A. Notification of Lane or Street Closures to Public Safety Departments The Contractor shall contact the Fire and Police Departments prior to commencement of work and shall file with them the name of the contractor, name and emergency phone number of superintendent or person in charge, and location of the work area. Prior to blocking any traffic lanes or streets, notification of both the Fire and Police LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 14 Departments shall be coordinated through the Engineering Department. B. Rice Creek Watershed District The Contractor is required to co -sign a permit application for Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) and provide a surety in accordance with RCWD requirements before beginning work. Temporary Lane Closure Requirements: A. Temporary lane closures or other restrictions by the Contractor, during work hours and consistent with the time restrictions, will be permitted during those hours and at those locations approved by the Engineer. Requests for temporary lane closures shall be made at least twenty four (24) hours prior to such closures. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all traffic control devices required for these closures. This may include, but is not limited to, barricades, advance warning arrow boards, warning signs, flagger with two -way radios, trailers, flashers and cones. Application of traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the MnMUTCD. Sign panels shall be in accordance with the MnDOT Standard Signs Manual, Parts I, II and III. B. The Owner reserves the right to impose time limitations on temporary lane closures, or other restrictions to traffic on other roads, as may be necessary to safely provide for traffic. The Engineer will have the right to lengthen, shorten, or otherwise modify the foregoing periods of restrictions as actual traffic conditions may warrant. C. All temporary lane closures used at night shall have plastic drum -like channelizers (or Type I barricades with steady burn lights) in the lane closure taper and also in any shifts in traffic alignment. D. When a temporary lane closure is used by the Contractor, the closure shall be incidental work and no direct compensation will be made therefor. E. Temporary lane closures will not be permitted during non - working hours or inclement weather, nor any other time when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the lane closure will be a greater than normal hazard to traffic. General Requirements: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper relocation of traffic control devices misplaced by Contractor and Subcontractor operations. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 15 B. The Contractor shall inspect, on a daily basis, all traffic control devices, which he has furnished and installed, and verify that the devices are placed in accordance with these Special Provisions, and the MnMUTCD. Any discrepancy between the placement and the required placement shall be immediately corrected. C. When signs are installed, they shall be mounted on posts driven into the ground at the proper height and lateral offset as detailed in the MnMUTCD. If this is not possible, they shall be mounted on portable supports or barricades as approved by the Engineer. When signs are removed, the sign posts shall also be removed as soon as possible. D. The Contractor shall be required to cover or remove all traffic control devices which may be inconsistent with traffic patterns during all traffic switches. E. All in -place signs and delineators mounted on less than three (3) posts (not including back bracing) and which interfere with the Contractor's normal operation, shall be relocated outside of the work area by the Contractor at the direction of the Engineer. Upon completion of work at each sign location, or at the direction of the Engineer, the signs shall be replaced as near to their original locations as possible or to a location designated by the Engineer. Where it is necessary to remove "STOP" or other regulatory signs, the Contractor shall provide qualified flaggers when determined to be needed by the Engineer, until the signs are re- installed. Signs and structures damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced by him at his own expense. F. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, protective devices necessary to protect traffic from drop -offs, falling objects, splatter, or other hazards which may exist during construction operations. G. The Contractor will not be permitted to park his vehicles or construction equipment so as to obstruct any traffic control device. The parking of workers' private vehicles will not be allowed within the Project limits unless so approved by the Engineer. H. On any road open to traffic, materials, equipment, and other objects as determined by the Engineer, shall not be stored within the clear zone, as determined by the Engineer and as defined by AASHTO's 1977 "Guide for Selecting Locations and Designing Traffic Barriers ", unless adequately protected by a traffic barrier. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 16 I. Sandbags will be the only acceptable weight to stabilize traffic control devices. During freezing conditions, the sand for bags and impact barrels shall be mixed with a de -icer to prevent the sand from freezing. The sandbags shall be placed and maintained at the base of the traffic control devices to the satisfaction of the Engineer. J. All personnel working on or near the traveled roadway shall wear reflectorized safety apparel approved by OSHA. Traffic Control: This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing the traffic control devices required to safely provide for traffic as required by these Special Provisions: A. Maintenance of traffic control devices shall be continuous throughout the term of the Contract, including periods of suspension. The Contractor will be required to respond to any call from the Engineer for maintenance of traffic control devices within two hours from the time of notification. The Contractor shall provide a means of receiving calls for maintenance on a 24- hour -a -day basis throughout the term of the Contract. B. All signs shall conform to the Standard Signs Manual or as shown in the Plans. All barricades shall conform to Standard Plate 8000I. All other devices shall conform to the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, except as otherwise detailed in the Plans. Plates to be installed on in -place signs shall be installed using nylon washer spacers to provide air space between the plate and the in -place sign. C. The following rigid work zone control signs and barricades shall be constructed of Wide Angle Prismatic Sheeting, manufactured by 3M Corporation, St. Paul, Minnesota: 1. Black on orange work zone traffic control signs; 2. Orange and white TYPE I, TYPE II, and TYPE III barricades; 3. Orange and white vertical panels 4. FLAGGER PADDLE (W21 -X7) 5. Detour route markers and route marker overlays; and 6. All other rigid signs installed to control and direct traffic during construction operations. D. No measurement will be made of the various items that constitute Traffic Control, but all such work will be construed to be included in the sini?le Lump Sum for which payment is made. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 17 23. SITE MAINTENANCE Site maintenance shall also include keeping sidewalks and boulevards free of obstacles, such as street signs, construction materials, barricades that are not in use, debris and parked equipment. Unused items shall be removed from the project area within 1 working day. Needed equipment shall be parked on the site under construction. Private vehicles shall be parked outside the project area, unless there is adequate space on the site under construction. No vehicles of any kind shall be allowed to park under the drip line of existing trees on the site(s). Materials shall be delivered to the site a maximum of two (2) working days prior to installation. Once excavation has commenced, the City shall notify the Contractor when adjacent streets or alleys require sweeping. The Contractor shall sweep said streets or alleys within twenty four (24) hours of the notice. If the Contractor is negligent in performing site maintenance, the City reserves the right to perform this work with its own forces at the City's cost times an overhead multiplier of 2.9. Erosion control measures installed and maintained by the Contractor shall meet or exceed the requirements in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, whether or not a General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity is required from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency for this project. Erosion control shall include but not limited to the following: • catch basin protection as shown on the detail, • staked haybales /silt fence at intersections and on slopes as well as protective cover on slopes, and • plastic sheeting and staked haybales /silt fence at pedestrian ramps and entrance walks. Erosion control shall be installed at the location and in the manner directed by the City Engineer. If the erosion control materials need to be removed to facilitate construction, these materials shall be replaced as soon as the construction item is completed. If the Contractor is negligent in maintaining erosion control measures, the City reserves the right to perform this work with its own forces at the City's cost times LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 18 an overhead multiplier of two and nine tenths (2.9). LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO, 1792 -11 PAGE 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL-------------------------------------------------'1 SITECOND[[(DNS— ....... ...... ........................................................ ............ — ............ ...... ............. ........ 1 2021 — MOBILIZATION ............................... ............................ — ....... .................................... — ........... ...... 2 21O4— REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES -------------------------'2 2501 —TRA8H GUARD------------------------------------------'3 2511 — RIP RAP----------------------------------------------'3 2575— INFILTRATION BASIN SOIL MIXTURE ... ...... --................. ...... .......... ...... --................... 4 LAgELLs PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION CITY of COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, Mw SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792-11 FIMPrOWE GENERAL This work shall be done in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Construction" (referenced "MnDOT ") 2005 Edition, and any amendments thereto, and the "Standard Utilities Specifications for Watermain and Service Line Installation and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation" (Reference "CEAM ") as published by the City Engineers Association of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota, dated 2013, or as modified herein. The CEAM specifications are available on their website at www.ceam.ora. SITE CONDITIONS DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall accept the site in its present condition and accept responsibility for all utilities within the construction limits for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall perform all clearing, excavating, filling, backfilling and grading necessary for the paving and pipe work in accordance with this Project Manual and in conformity with the dimensions and finish grades shown on the drawings. For the duration of the project adequate site drainage must be maintained at all times. Excavation shall include dewatering, sheeting and shoring as necessary to provide space for required construction procedures. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Utilities: The plans show only known underground utilities, public and private, and the locations are approximate. No assurance is given that additional underground facilities do not exist. The Contractor shall make his own investigation to determine to what extent existing utilities shall affect his work. The location, protection, maintenance and /or repair, if damaged, of all in -place utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Where construction operations require the interruption of service of a utility, the Contractor shall notify that utility at least twenty four (24) hours before the interruption and shall advise him of the probable time when the service will be restored. Soil Conditions: Copies of the soil boring logs have been bound as an Appendix to this Project Manual. Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy of or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner or Engineer will not be responsible for interpretation or conclusions drawn by the Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of Contractor. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine to his own satisfaction the location and nature of all surface and subsurface obstacles and the soils and water conditions which will be encountered during the construction. Additional soil borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 2014 STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -10 PAGE II -1 2021 — MOBILIZATION Mobilization /de- mobilization of all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the project as specified shall be included in the single lump sum item "Mobilization ". Street cleaning and sweeping as required or as indicated by Engineer shall be included in the Mobilization unit cost. No payment shall be made for street cleaning /sweeping. All work associated with this item shall be considered incidental to mobilization or the pay item to which the work is associated. The bituminous wear course shall be placed after one (1) freeze -thaw cycle in the spring of 2015. No separate compensation will be provided for milling joints and remobilizing to complete the bituminous wear course in 2015. Prior to the placement of the final lift of bituminous all streets shall be swept and cleaned. Throughout construction, constructed streets and roadways adjacent to the project shall be swept and cleaned as directed by the Engineer. Removal shall be accomplished with self - propelled street sweeping equipment. All materials shall be collected and retained within the sweeping equipment as they are swept. Disposal of the swept material shall be in accordance with MnDOT 2104.3C. 2104 — REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 2104.1 —DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of removal and disposal or salvage of pavements, structures, and other items to be abandoned or replaced and other obstructions within the working area. Disposal is the Contractor's responsibility and shall be in accordance with all federal, state and local regulations. Removal shall be in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT 2104 and the following: 2104.3 —CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Remove Bituminous or Concrete Pavement: Bituminous pavement shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. In removing pavement, a saw cut shall be used to make a neat, straight line. The use of wedges driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed will not be permitted. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of all excess material as incidental to removal. Sawcut Bituminous or Concrete Pavement: When indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall saw cut pavements to provide a square edge. The final saw cut shall be made after the aggregate base and curbing has been placed, prior to placement of bituminous base course in roadways and bituminous driveways and just prior to pouring concrete driveways. The edge of bituminous materials shall have tack coat applied prior to placement of base or wear course as incidental to saw cutting. Remove Sewer Pipe (Storm): Removal of storm sewer pipe and culverts, as noted in the plans, shall be in a manner and at the stage of construction so that drainage will be maintained. 2104.5 — BASIS OF PAYMENT Reclaim Bituminous Pavement: Reclamation of bituminous pavement on existing streets shall be paid at the contract unit price per square yard, which shall be compensation in full to complete the work as specified. Removal of bituminous driveway pavement shall be paid as removal of bituminous driveway pavement. Soil borings indicated existing bituminous pavement thickness in the streets of up to 6 inches but may be greater. No additional compensation will be made for variations of existing pavement thickness. No additional compensation shall be made for remobilization due to project phasing. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 11 -2 Remove Sewer Pipe (Storm): Payment shall be by the linear foot of pipe removed regardless of size or type. Removal shall include proper disposal by the Contractor at his own disposal site. Payment for the accepted quantities of all other removal, salvage, and saw cut items shall be paid for by at the unit prices in the proposal for each item. Payment shall include all labor and materials necessary to complete the removal, etc. and disposal of material for each item. 2501 —TRASH GUARD The provisions of MnDOT 2501 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2501.1 —DESCRIPTION The first paragraph shall be supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of the furnishing and installing trash guards to new or existing storm sewer flared end section (FES) as shown in the construction documents. 2501.3 — CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2501.3 are supplemented with the following: Trash guards shall be installed as shown in the City Standard Details, in the plans, or in specifications 2104.4 — METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2104.4 are supplemented with the following: Measurement shall be made by the each trash guard based on size of FES shown in the plan or installed in the field. 2104.5 — BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2104.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment will be made at the contract unit price bid in the proposal form, which shall be payment in full for all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to complete the work as specified in the construction documents. 2511 — RIP RAP 2511.3 — CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All rip rap shall be Class III unless noted otherwise in the individual plans. Riprap shall be placed as identified in the Plans. 2511.5 — BASIS OF PAYMENT Random Riprap Class III: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for cubic yards of grouted riprap and shall include Class III riprap and geotextile fabric Type 111. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE II -3 2575 — INFILTRATION BASIN SOIL MIXTURE 2575.1 — DESCRIPTION The bedding material shall be approximately sixty percent (60 %) select granular borrow, twenty percent (20 %) topsoil, and twenty percent (20 %) organic compost that is mixed thoroughly. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE II -4 Cl Ell 1 ! Prepared by: City Engineers Association of Minnesota LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 1 TABLE OF CONTEITS DIVISION IV SANITARY Page 2621.1 ........................... Description .................................................. ............................... ...........4 -6 2621.2 Materials ........................................................................................... ............................... 6 -9 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials ................................................ ..............................6 Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ...................................................... ..............................9 A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings ...... ..............................7 A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ........................................... ..............................7 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings ................................................. ..............................7 A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings ........................................ ............................... 7 -8 A6Cast Iron Soil Pipe .......................................................................... ..............................8 A7 Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene Pipe ............................................ ..............................8 A8 Dual -Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe ...................................... ..............................8 BMetal Sewer Castings ............................................................................ ..............................8 C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin ......................................... ..............................9 DConcrete ................................................................................................ ..............................9 EMortar .................................................................................................... ..............................9 2621,3 Construction Requirements ........................................................... ............................... 10 -18 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ........................................................... .............................10 Al Inspection and Handling ................................................................ .............................10 A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................... ............................... 10 -11 A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints ...................................... ............................... 11 -12 A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends ................................................ ............................... 11 -12 B Appurtenance Installations ................................................................... .............................12 C Sewer Service Installations .......................................................... ............................... 12 -14 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures ........................................... ............................... 14 -15 E Reconnecting Existing Facilities .......................................................... .............................15 F Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing .......................................................... .............................15 F 1 Air Test Method ..................................................................... ............................... 15 -17 F2 Hydrostatic Test Method ................................................................ .............................17 F3 Test Failure and Remedy ............................................................... .............................18 GDeflection Test ..................................................................................... .............................18 G Test Failure and Remedy ............................................................... .............................18 HTelevising ............................................................................................. .............................18 2621.4 Method of Measurement ............................................................... ............................... 19 -20 ASewer Pipe ............................................................................................ .............................19 BManholes .............................................................................................. .............................19 CCatch Basins ......................................................................................... .............................19 D Outside Drop Connection ..................................................................... .............................20 E Service Connection ............................................................................... .............................20 FService Pipe .......................................................................................... .............................20 GSpecial Pipe Fittings ............................................................................. .............................20 HAppurtenant Items ................................................................................ .............................20 2621.5 Basis of Payment ........................................................................... ............................... 20 -21 LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 2 2621.6 Special Provisions ........................................................................................................ 22-24 LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792-11 DIVISION 2 SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS PAGE 3 DIVISION SANITARY ! INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. Use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental Specifications issued before the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: AASHTO M198 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets AASHTO M294 Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300 -to 1200 -mm Diameter ASTM A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A74 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C76 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Pipe ASTM C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C361 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe ASTM C425 Specification for Compression Joints for VCP and Fittings ASTM C443 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C478 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole ASTM D543 Test Method for Resistence of Plastic to Chemicals LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 4 ASTM C564 Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C700 Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTM D2321 Recommended Practice for Installation of Flexible Thermo- plastic Sewer Pipe ASTM D2751 Specification for ABS Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Specification for PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3212 Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM F679 Specification for Large- Diameter PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement - Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C110 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids AWWA CI I I American National Standard for Rubber- Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe AWWA C151 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids AWWA C153 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 5 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM M -65 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non - perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell- and - spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C -425. (3) In lieu of the bell -and- spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C -425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO 52;65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 6 A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 OR 153 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings or Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C- 76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O -ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C -361. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified. When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or concrete lining as required. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D -3034 and ASTM F -679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 7 be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D -543. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push -on with elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F -949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push -on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D -3212. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A -74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push -on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C -564. A7 Acrylonitrile- Butadiene- Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D -2751 for four inch (4 ") and six inch (6 ") diameter and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A8 Dual -Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual -Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M -294 and Design 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12 ") through thirty six inch (36 "). Joints shall be water -tight unless the engineer approves a soil -tight joint. Pipe manufacture, water -tight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements and /or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A -48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. (2) Lid -to -frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around the entire circumference. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 8 (3) Casting weight shall be not less than ninety five percent (95 %) of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimensions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have self - sealing lids and recessed pick holes. (6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole lids shall have recessed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C -478, MnDOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring or profile joints provided on sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any watertight connection arrangement that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. (3) Air - entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of five to seven percent (5 -7 %). (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Concrete Concrete for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3 (air- entrained) concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. E Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an air - entrained mixture of one (1) part Masonry cement, Type S, and two (2) parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air - entraining agent added to maintain an air content within the range of seven to ten percent (7 -10 %). Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C -270. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 9 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings Al Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 10 When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at least twelve inches (12 ") above the top with hand operated mechanical tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is affected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflections at joints shall not exceed that which will assure tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D -2321. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard drawings. All joints shall be sealed as follows, subject to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize as being an acceptable alternative: (1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints - compression type rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of ASTM C -443, ASTM C -361 or AASHTO M -198 for circular pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the case of non - circular pipe sections. (2) PVC pipe, and ABS solid wall pipe and fittings assembled gasket seal joints. (3) Corrugated smooth wall PVC and corrugated- double wall HDPE pipe and fittings - assembled push -on gasketed joints shall pass performance tests as listed in ASTM D- 3212. Solvent welds shall not be permitted. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 11 (4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings - factory fabricated compression seals or compression type couplings. (5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings - sealed with approved type compression seals. A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of twenty four inches (24 ") in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than twenty four inches (24 ") in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches (8 "). Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two- inch timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three sections tied. Two (2) tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three (3) joints, one on each side of top center at the 60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 1/2 inch for 12" to and including 21 " pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 12 The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or required in lieu of the built -in fitting. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than fifteen feet (15') (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch (I") in four feet (4') for sanitary service lines and one inch (I") in eight feet (8') for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one -half (1/2) pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed twenty two and a half (22 -1/2) degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a four inch by four inch (4" x 4 ") wooden timber six feet (6) to eight feet (8') in length embedded four feet (4') below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top two feet (2') painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut -out method in the absence of a built -in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut -out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut -out as required for proper fit. The cut -out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") and as may be shown in the standard drawings. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 13 Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built - in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than twenty four inches (24 ") above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than twenty four inches (24 "), the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast -in -place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two -inch (2 ") precast concrete adjusting rings or as shown on the plan immediately below the casting assembly. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of forty eight inches (48 ") minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain the required dip below normal gutter grade as shown on the plans. Concrete cast -in -place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast -in -place concrete, Any combination of cast -in -place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 14 All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow through invert troughs as directed. E Reconnecting Existing Facilities Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. F Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. If the ground water level is greater than three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefor, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. F1 Air Test Method The pipeline shall be sealed with plug whose sealing length is greater than the diameter of the pipe and constructed in such a nature that it will not require external blocking or bracing and maintain a seal against the line's test pressure. All wyes, tees, outlets or ends of lateral streets shall be suitably capped and braced to withstand the internal pressures. Such caps or plugs shall be easily removable. One plug shall be tapped for the air supply hose and the return air pressure hose. The air supply hose, connected from the compressor to the plug shall be a throttling valve, bleeding valve and shut off valve for control. The air pressure tap shall have a sensitive pressure gauge, zero to ten (0 — 10) psi range, protected by a gauge cock and a pressure relief valve set at ten (10) psi. In performing the test, air is added slowly to the pipeline until pressure inside the pipeline reaches four (4.0) psi. If air is added too rapidly, the test accuracy will decrease because a change in temperature also has an effect on the change in pressure. When the air pressure inside the pipeline reaches four (4.0) psig above external hydrostatic pressure, the supply air is stopped. A minimum two - minute time interval is allowed for the temperature difference to stabilize before LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 15 the actual test is performed. If the air pressure drops below three and a half (3.5) psig during this time interval, more air will be supplied to the pipeline and throttled to maintain a pressure between three and a half (3.5) psig and four (4.0) psig for a minimum of two (2) minutes after which time the supply air will be shut off. The portion of line being tested shall be accepted if the portion under test does not lose air at a rate greater than 0.0015 cfm per square foot (for PVC) or 0.003 cfin per square foot (for RCP) per internal pipe end area at an average pressure of three (3.0) psig greater than any back pressure exerted by groundwater that may be over the pipe at the time of test. The test shall be accomplished by determining the time in minutes for the pressure to decrease from three and a half (3.5) psig to three (3.0) psig greater than the average groundwater that may be over the pipe. That time shall not be less than the time shown on the given diameter in the following table: Pipe Diameter in Inches Minutes for PVC Minutes for RCP 4 1.9 1.0 6 2.8 1.4 8 3.8 1.9 10 4.7 2.4 12 5.7 2.9 15 7.1 3.4 18 8.5 4.3 21 9.9 5.0 24 11.3 5.7 If the pipeline fails to meet the requirements of the test, the Contractor shall, at their own expense, determine the source of leakage and then repair or replace all defective material and /or workmanship. In determining the pressure greater than the average groundwater, the groundwater height in feet above the pipeline must be measured. When the water elevation has been established, the height in feet above the pipeline shall be divided by 2.31 and that pressure added to gauge pressure of test. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 16 A table for converting water height to gauge pressure is as follows: Groundwater Level over Added Pressure to be Applied Top of Pipeline to Gauge Pressure Readings I foot 0.43 psig 2 feet 0.86 psig 3 feet 1.29 psig 4 feet 1.72 psig 5 feet 2.16 psig 6 feet 2.59 psig 7 feet 3.01 psig 8 feet 3.44 psig 9 feet 3.87 psig 10 feet 4.30 psig F2 Hydrostatic Test Method After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet (3') above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one (1) hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one (1) hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the one (1) hour test period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per One Hundred Feet (100') of Pipe) given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter. Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss* (In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet) 6 0.5 8 0.6 10 0.8 12 1 15 1.2 18 1.4 21 1.7 24 & Larger 1.9 * Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test action section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO, 1792 -11 PAGE 17 F3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. G Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for thirty (30) days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or nine -point mandrel (MnDOT Technical Memorandum 98- 24 -B -01 or latest revision) through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent (5 %) of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefor, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. GI Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. H Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 18 All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Complete -in -place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification ", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete - in- place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than eight feet (8') measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the eight feet (8') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in- place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than five feet (5') measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the five feet (5') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 19 D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in- place, including granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping details as required, including two holes into existing manholes for the drop connection, but excluding any excess vertical drop greater than two feet (2') measured between invert of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet. Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the linear foot difference in vertical drop between the two feet (2') allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical drop as constructed. E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete - in -place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete -in -place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete -in -place as specified. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete -in -place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 20 Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete -in -place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete -in -place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component part of any complete -in -place structure. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 21 I1 i . i !• 2621.6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2621.2 MATERIALS Pipe shall be four inch (4 ") diameter corrugated polyethylene slotted tubing, conforming to ASTM designation F -405. Under drains shall be installed as shown on the plans and as directed in the field by the Engineer. The under drain shall be surrounded by a rock filter as shown on the detail. A non -woven geotextile (MnDOT Type 1) shall be installed to separate the rock from the surrounding soil. The geotextile shall overlap at least twenty four inches (24 "). P: =u1ONIIIW 11AVISa"MW_VII9l►`[lY.� B1. CASTINGS Frames and covers for manholes and catch basins shall be the Neenah Foundry Company Catalog Number shown on the plans or approved equal. B6. ADJUSTING RINGS All manhole adjusting rings shall be injection molded recycled high density polyethylene (HDPE) as manufactured by LADTECH, Inc. or approved equal and installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. Catch basin adjusting rings shall be standard two inch (2 ") precast concrete. C. MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS Shop drawings submitted by the manufacturer shall call out the plan page number and the structure number shown on the plan. All manholes shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT 2506 and as shown on the details. Manhole section joints shall be Type R -4. The Contractor shall use a minimum of two (2) and a maximum of six (6), two inch (2 ") adjusting rings between the top of the manhole cone and the bottom of the manhole castings. The adjusting rings shall be HDPE. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 22 Neenah Foundry step No. R -1981 shall be provided and spaced sixteen inches (16 ") on center on the downstream face of the manhole, unless otherwise specified. Aluminum manhole steps may be used and shall be made of Apex Ternalloy No. 5 aluminum alloy. Copolymer Polypropylene plastic steps (PSI -PF) may also be used. Catch basins shall be constructed as shown on the details. A DIP sleeve shall be installed in the catch basin to accommodate the subgrade drain pipe or the infiltration basin under drain. An external EPDM seal shall be installed on catch basins as shown on the plans. The seal shall be Infi- Shield External Uni -band Seal as manufactured by Sealing Systems, Inc. or an approved equal. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Manhole and catch basin structure height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two -inch (2 ") adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly. The adjusting rings on manholes shall be HDPE. The adjusting rings on catch basins shall be two inch (2 ") precast concrete. Base and inverts of manholes and catch basins shall be reconstructed at the locations shown on the plans. The material shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to use. Connection of manholes and catch basin structures to existing pipes shall be considered incidental. Where possible, the Contractor shall salvage and reuse the pipes connected to existing structures. In the event the connecting pipes are found to be unusable or new pipes are shown on the detail, the new length of pipe will be paid for at unit price bid. Bulkheading pipes no longer required will be considered incidental. Payment shall be by the lineal foot of pipe installed. The rock filter and geotextile shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no direct compensation shall be paid therefore. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 23 ►/:\• "_! There shall be no compensation for excess depth for manholes exceeding eight feet (8') of depth. These structures shall be paid for on an each basis which shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing structures and appurtenances. C. CATCH BASINS There shall be no compensation for excess depth for catch basins exceeding six feet (6') of depth. These structures shall be paid for on an each basis which shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing structures and appurtenances. LABELLE PARK SITE IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PAGE 24 SITE CLEARING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Remove surface debris. B. Remove asphalt and concrete paving and curbs as indicated on plans. C. Remove boardwalk and sheet piles. D. Clear site of plant life and grass where indicated. E. Remove trees and shrubs where indicated. F. Remove miscellaneous site amenities as indicated on plans - complete including all attachments and footings, as required on plans. G. Remove existing light poles - complete by a licensed electrician (Contractor must coordinate with the Utility Company prior to light pole removals and adjustments). 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02211 — Rough Grading. B. Section 02223 — Backfilling. 1.03. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris. All materials must be disposed of off site. B. Coordinate clearing and removal Work with utility companies. C. Contact Gopher One Call at 651- 454 -0002 or 1- 800 - 252 -1166 and the City of Columbia Heights for city owned utilities at 763 - 706 -3700, prior to beginning any work on site for location of utilities. •a 2.01. / / /// (NOT USED) 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the clearing, removal and disposal of all existing items required to accomplish the project including those identified for removal on the plan sheets and those discovered during project construction. B. Verify that existing plant life designated to remain, within the construction limits, is tagged or identified. C. Construction rock entrance drive must be in place and inspected by the Owner / Landscape Architect prior to construction and removal operations. D. Erosion control silt fencing must be in place and inspected by the Owner/ Landscape Architect prior to construction and removal operations. E. Construction and tree protective fencing must be in place and inspected by the Owner / Landscape Architect prior to construction and removal operations. F. The Contractor shall remove items by means that will minimize disturbance to the surrounding site. 3.02. PROTECTION A. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage. Contractor shall contact all utility companies prior to removal operation for locations of existing utilities. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain, as final landscaping. Contact the Landscape Architect to arrange an on site meeting to determine the location of all site fencing. C. Protect benchmarks and existing structures from damage or displacement. 3.03. CLEARING A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work, as indicated on plans. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SITE CLEARING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3.04. REMOVAL A. Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site. B. Remove paving and curbs. All curb and pavement removal where a portion of the existing pavement or curb is to remain, the Contractor shall saw cut edges. Aggregate pavement and aggregate beneath pavement shall also be removed or used as common fill, with prior approval by the Owner. C. Remove trees and shrubs as marked on plans and verified at time of removal by the Owner / Landscape Architect. Remove stumps, main root ball. D. Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil. E. Remove and dispose of off site all site amenities to be removed - complete, including all attachments, footings, associated paving, wood chip or sand surfacing, etc., as indicated on plans. F. Remove existing light poles as indicated on the plans, by a professional electrician licensed in the State of Minnesota and all electrical work shall be coordinated with the local utility companies. END OF SECTION 02110 — SITE CLEARING LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SITE CLEARING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 ROUGH GRADING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of topsoil and subsoil. B. Cutting, grading, filling and rough contouring the site. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Testing fill compaction. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling C. Section 02923 - Landscape Grading: Finish grading with topsoil to contours. 1.03. REFERENCES A. ANSIIASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb (2.49 Kg) Rammer and 12 inch (304.8 mm) Drop. B. ANSIIASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. C. ANSIIASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Samples: Submit10 Ib.4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory, in air -tight containers. 1.05. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining, by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. � 2.01. MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Excavated loam material in topsoil horizon, graded, free of roots, rocks larger than one inch (1 subsoil, debris, and large weeds. B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of lumps or rocks larger than 3 inches and debris. C. Granular Fill: Type A as specified in Section 02223. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 3.02. PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Identify known underground, above ground, and aerial utilities. Contact'Gopher One Call' at 651- 454 -0002 or 1- 800 - 252 -1166 at least forty eight (48) hours prior to construction, to stake and flag locations. C. Notify appropriate utility company to locate or remove utilities. D. Protect above and below grade utilities, which are to remain. E. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. F. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, amenities, fences, bollards, surfacing, etc. not identified for removal or relocation, from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic. G. Install all erosion control measures including erosion control fencing shown on plans. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3.03. TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate topsoil to a depth of six inches (6 ") from areas to be further excavated, or re- graded areas. B. Stockpile on site in a manner that if the topsoil becomes wet while stockpiled that it can be dried easily. Topsoil stockpiles shall not be placed within the root zones of trees to remain. C. Do not excavate wet topsoil. D. Use only tracked equipment with a low weight bearing or lightweight equipment with flotation tires to excavate topsoil. 3.04. SUBSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re- landscaped, or re- graded. B. Stockpile on site in a manner that if the subsoil becomes wet while stockpiled that it can be dried easily. Subsoil stockpiles shall not be placed within the root zones of trees to remain. C. Do not excavate wet subsoil. D. Use only tracked equipment with a low weight bearing or lightweight equipment with flotation tires to excavate subsoil. E. When excavation through roots is necessary, perform work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. 3.05. FILLING A. Fill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen and dry materials. B. Granular Fill Under Pavement: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding six inches (6 ") compacted depth, compacted to 100 percent Standard Proctor Density. C. Subsoil Fill Under Pavement: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding twelve inches (12 ") compacted to 100 percent Standard Proctor Density. D. Subsoil Fill Under General Landscape Areas: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding twelve inches (12 ") compacted to 90 percent Standard Proctor Density. E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. F. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas. 3.06. TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Subgrade: B. Plus or minus one tenth (1/10) of a foot for all areas. 3.07. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field- testing will be performed under provisions of the General Conditions. B. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D698. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D698. D. Roll test subgrade of all roadways / parking areas with Landscape Architect - Engineer present. Testing procedures shall conform to City of Columbia Heights Department of Public Works standards. Tests shall be redone if it rains between time of roll test and placement of aggregate base or surfacing. E. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02211 — ROUGH GRADING LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 BACKFILLING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Site filling and backfilling. B. Fill under slabs -on- grade, and paving. C. Consolidation and compaction. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading. B. Section 02923 - Landscape Grading: Filling of topsoil to finish grade elevation. 1.03. REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. B. ANSI /ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 inch (304.8 mm) Drop. C. ANSI /ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. D. ANSI /ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of the General Conditions. B. Samples: Submit 10 lb. sample of Type A& B to testing laboratory, in air -tight containers. 2.01. FILL MATERIALS A. Type A - Granular Aggregate Subbase: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications for 3138 Class 5 aggregate - 100% crushed quarry rock in buff color or recycled, crushed concrete meeting the specifications for the above Class 5 will be accepted. B. Type C - Subsoil: Reused, free of gravel larger than three inches (Y), and debris. C. Type D - Topsoil: Salvaged top horizon, organic loam soils from site. D. Type E — Compost: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications for #3890.2 B "Grade 2 Compost ". E. Type F — Common Borrow: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications for #2105.2 B2 "Common Borrow ". F. Type G — Select Granular Borrow: Shall meet requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications for #3149.2 B2 "Select Granular Borrow ". G. Type H — Infiltration Basin Soils: Shall include a mixture of the following: 1). Seventy percent (70 %) of Construction Sand: clean and free of deleterious materials, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M -6 or ASTM C -33 with a grain size of 0.02" — 0.04" 2). Thirty percent (30 %) of Type E — organic leaf compost. 3). Soil mixture shall be thoroughly blended prior to placement with all stones, lumps, clods of hard earth, plants, plant roots, sticks, debris, or other extraneous matter over two inches (2 ") in any dimension removed. H. Type I —Sand Cushion: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications for #3149.2 K "Sand Cover" with less than five percent (5 %) passing the #200 sieve. 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Verify fill materials to be reused are acceptable. 3.02. PREPARATION A. Generally, compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of insitu compaction. Backfill with on -site granular material and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material. C. Prior to placement of aggregate base course material at paved areas, compact subsoil to 100 percent Standard Proctor Density. 3.03. BACKFILLING A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with dry and unfrozen materials. B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Granular Aggregate Subbase Material Fill - Type A: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. D. Subsoil Fill - Type C & F: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding twelve inches (12 ") compacted depth. Do not place wet subsoil. Use only tracked equipment with a low weight bearing or lightweight equipment with flotation tires to place subsoil. E. Topsoil - Type D: Place and compact in material to required depth in all areas as per specification Section 02923. Do not place wet topsoil. Use only tracked equipment with a low weight bearing or lightweight equipment with flotation tires to place topsoil. F. Granular Borrow — Type G: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth. G. Infiltration Basin Soils — Type H: Place and lightly compact material in continuous layers not exceeding twelve inches (12 ") compacted depth. Use only tracked equipment with a low weight bearing or lightweight equipment with flotation tires to place subsoil. H. Sand Cushion — Type I: Place and compact in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. I. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. J. Make changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas. 3.04. TOLERANCES A. Plus or minus one inch (1 ") in twenty five feet (25') and true to slopes indicated for finished grade. 3.05. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of General and Supplemental Specifications. B. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSIIASTM D1557 and with General and Supplemental Specifications. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSItASTM D1557 and with Supplemental Specifications. D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. E. Frequency of Tests: 1). Type A: one (1) per twenty five (25) cubic yards and Roll Test F. Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under slabs -on -grade and paving. 3.06. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of General Conditions. B. Recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.07. SCHEDULE A. Fill Under Grass Areas: 1). Subsoil fill, to subgrade elevation, (six inches (6 ") below finished grade), compact to a maximum of 90% and minimum of 85% Standard Proctor Density percent. 2). Topsoil fill to finished grade. B. Fill Under Infiltration Areas: 1). Subsoil fill: to subgrade elevation (twenty four inches (24 ") below finished grade), compact to a maximum of 90% and a minimum of 85% Standard Proctor Density percent. 2). Infiltration Basin soil mixture to finished grade, compact lightly. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 C. Fill Under Standard Asphalt Trail Paving: 1). Subsoil fill: to subgrade elevation, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. 2). Granular Subbase fill, from top of subsoil fill, six inch (6 ") depth, to bottom of asphalt pavement, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. D. Fill Under Asphalt Parking Lot Paving: 1). Subsoil fill: to subgrade elevation, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. 2.) Granular Subbase fill, from top of subsoil fill, eight inch (8 ") depth to bottom of asphalt pavement, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. E. Fill Under Concrete Pavement: 1). Subsoil fill: to subgrade elevation, compacted to 95 -100% Standard Proctor Density. 2). Sand Cushion: thickness as indicated on plans and details, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. END OF SECTION 02223 - BACKFILL MATERIAL LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate base course. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Preparation of site for base course. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Compacted fill under base course. 1.03. REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. B. ANSI /ASTM D -698 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb Rammer and 12 inch (457 mm) Drop. C. ASTM D4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.04. SUBMITTAL A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Laboratory test results. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS A. Granular Subbase: Type A specified in Section 02223. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify subgrade has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and are dry. 3.02. AGGREGATE PLACEMENT A. Spread aggregate in layers over prepared base to a total compacted thickness as shown in paragraph 3.05 - schedule of this section. B. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. C. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. D. Use mechanical vibrating tamping in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. 3.03. TOLERANCES A. Flatness for all pavements: Maximum variation of one quarter inch (1/4 ") measured with ten -foot (10') straight edge. B. Scheduled compacted thickness: Within one quarter inch (1/4 "). C. Variation from true elevation: Within one half inch (1/2 "). 3.04. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field testing will be performed under provisions of General Conditions. B. Gradation of Aggregate: In accordance with ASTM C136. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D -698 and with General Conditions. D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. E. Frequency of Tests: one (1) test / fifty (50) S.Y. surface area or as otherwise directed by LA -E. 3.05. SCHEDULE A. Parking Lots: Eight inch (8 ") thickness of Type A aggregate compacted to 100% SPD. B. Trails: Six inch (6 ") thickness of Type A aggregate compacted to 100% SPD. END OF SECTION 02231 — AGGREGATE BASE COURSE LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Asphaltic concrete paving. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Compacted subbase for paving. C. Section 02231 - Aggregate Base Course: Type A aggregate base course. 1.03. REFERENCES A. MS -2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types - The Asphalt Institute (AI). B. MS -3 - Asphalt Plant Manual - The Asphalt Institute (AI). C. MS -8 - Asphalt Paving Manual - The Asphalt Institute (AI). D. MS -19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual, The Asphalt Institute (AI). E. ASTM D946 - Penetration - Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction. F. MnDOT - 2360 - Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement - Minnesota Department of Transportation specifications. 1.04. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to State of Minnesota Department of Transportation Standards. C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. 1.05. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for paving work on public property. 1.06. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place asphalt when base surface temperature is less than forty (40) degrees F or surface is wet or frozen. 2.01. MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: In accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Aggregate for Binder Course Mix: In accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation Standards. C. Aggregate for Wearing Course Mix: In accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation Standards. 2.02. ACCESSORIES A. Tack Coat: Homogeneous, medium curing, liquid asphalt In accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation Standards. 2.03. ASPHALT PAVING MIX A. Use dry material to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. B. Wearing Course for Asphalt Trails: to be SPWEA240B, as per MnDOT spec. section 2360. C. Wearing Course for Asphalt Parking Lots: to be SPWEA340B, as per MnDOT spec. section 2360. D. Non - Wearing Course: to be SPNWB330B, as per MnDOT spec. section 2360. E. Tack Coat: to be per MnDOT 2357. 2.04. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide mix design for asphalt under provisions of General Conditions. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review prior to commencement of work. C. Test samples in accordance with Al MS -2. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Verify base conditions. B. Verify that compacted granular base is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02. SUBBASE A. Section 02231 - Aggregate Base Course forms the base construction for work of this Section. 3.03. PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - SINGLE COURSE (TRAILS) A. Install Work in accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Place non - wearing course to two and a half inch (2.5 ") compacted thickness. C. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. D. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without roller marks. E. Tamp all edges at forty five (45) degrees. 3.04. PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - DOUBLE COURSE A. Install Work in accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Place non - wearing course to two inch (2.0 ") compacted thickness. C. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. D. Place tack coat, then place wearing course to one and a half inch (1.5 ") compacted thickness. E. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. F. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without roller marks. 3.05. TOLERANCES A. All asphalt and aggregate pavement: Maximum variation of one quarter inch (1/4 ") measured with ten -foot (10') (3 m) straight edge. B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within one quarter inch (1/4 "). C. Variation from True Elevation: Within one half inch (1/2 "). 3.06. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field testing will be performed under provisions of General Conditions. B. Take samples and perform tests in accordance with MS -2. 3.07, PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for seven (7) days. 3.08. SCHEDULES A. Asphalt Trails: One course: Wearing Course of two and a half inches (2.5 ") compacted thickness. B. Asphalt Parking Lot: Two (2) courses; Wearing Course of one and a half inches (1.5 ") compacted thickness over Non - Wearing Course of two inches (2.0 ") compacted thickness with tack coat. C. See bid form for additional schedules. Bid form takes precedence over this schedule under 3.08. END OF SECTION 02510 — ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete footings for site improvements, curbing and miscellaneous site pads /slabs, steps, etc. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Preparation of site for paving and base B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Compacted subbase for paving. C. Section 02770 - Miscellaneous Site Amenities: Footings. D. Section 02923 - Landscape Grading: Preparation of subsoil at pavement perimeter. 1.03. REFERENCES A. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. B. ANSI /ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. E. ASTM C94 - Ready Mix Concrete. F. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement G. ASTM C260 - Air- Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. H. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. I. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. J. FS TT -C -800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces. K. MnDOT - 2461 - Concrete Design Mix. L. MnDOT 2521 -Walks 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler, caulk, foam backer rod and curing compounds. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout. 1.06. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable standards for paving work on public property. 1.07. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than forty (40) degrees F or surface is wet or frozen. 2.01. FORM MATERIALS A. Wood or Steel form material, profiled to suit conditions. B. Joint Filler: ANSIIASTM D1751 resilient bituminous type; two inch (2 ") thick. 2.02. REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; forty (40) ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars; unfinished. B. Dowels: ASTM A615; forty (40) ksi yield grade, plain steel. unfinished C. Fibermesh®150 polypropylene fibers 2.03. CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 Air Entraining - Type IIIA Portland type, gray color. B. Fibermesh®150 polypropylene fibers - applied at a rate of one and a half (1.5) Ibs per CY of concrete LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 1). Fibermesh® 150 polypropylene fibers Supplier Info: Propex Concrete Systems Dave Fennessy, Territory Manager 3182 Shady Cove Point, Prior Lake , MN 55372 Phone: (952) 226 -1961 Fax: (952) 226 -1962 alternate phone: (612) 817 -3954 C. Fine and Coarse Mix Aggregates: ASTM C33. D. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. E. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 2.04. ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 2, Class B. 2.05. CONCRETE MIX BY PRESCRIPTIVE CRITERIA A. Mix concrete in accordance with MnDOT 2461. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Provide concrete to the following mix design: MnDOT Mix #3A32 C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Landscape Architect. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. Use calcium chloride only when approved by Landscape Architect. E. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Landscape Architect. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Verify base conditions. B. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02. PREPARATION A. Verify that Type A — Granular Subbase aggregate has been properly compacted and leveled in all areas to receive curb and gutter. B. Verify that Type C — Subsoil has been properly compacted and leveled in all areas to receive walkways, slabs, pads and footings. C. Verify that Type I — Sand Cushion has been properly compacted and leveled in all areas to receive walkways, slabs and pads. D. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. E. Coat surfaces of catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete pavement. F. Notify Landscape Architect minimum of twenty four (24) hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 3.03. FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. 3.04. REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement as indicated. B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints. C. Provide doweled joints as indicated on the drawings. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3.05. PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with State of Minnesota Department of Transportation standards. B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. C. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. D. Place concrete to patterns indicated on plans and details. E. Place expansion and contraction joints as indicated on the drawings. F. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. Recess top of filler one eighth inch (1/8 "). G. For sidewalks, pads and slabs provide control joints as indicated on the drawings. Control joints to be a depth equal to or greater than one third (1/3) the thickness of the concrete pavement. H. For curbing provide troweled control joints no greater than ten (10) lineal feet apart. I. For curbing expansion joints shall be placed no greater than thirty (30) lineal feet apart. 3.06. FINISHING A. Concrete Sidewalks, Pedestrian Ramps and Miscellaneous Slab Paving: Light to medium broom finish with tooled and /or saw cut control joints and 1/2 inch radius edges as indicated on plans (Unless specified otherwise on plans and details). Do not broom out tool marks at tooled joint locations. B. Curbing: Light broom finish C. Footings: Form finish unless exposed to view, exposed concrete to be troweled smooth. 3.07. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field testing will be performed under provisions of General Conditions. B. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every seventy five (75) or less cubic yards of concrete placed each day. C. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents. D. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.08. PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 3.09. SCHEDULES A. Concrete Walks, Maintenance Strip, Pads, and Curb & Gutter: 4,000 psi, 28 day concrete — refer to plans and details for thicknesses. B. Concrete Pedestrian Ramps & Concrete Valley Gutters: 4,000 psi with Fibermesh®150 reinforcement. 28 day concrete — refer to plans and details for thicknesses. END OF SECTION 02520— PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT A. The conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) and the General Requirements (Sections of Division 1) are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.02. SCOPE A. The work covered by this Section of the Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials and in performing all operations necessary in the construction and installation of the items included herein and shown on the Drawings. 1.03. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete: Concrete Pads and Footings. 1.04. LIMITS OF WORK A. The construction limits within which work included in this Section shall be confined are shown on the Construction Drawings. A. The contractor shall protect that which is to remain and shall conduct all installation operations in a manner that will not damage or jeopardize the surround plant life designated on the Drawings to remain. Equipment operating around existing trees shall use extreme caution to prevent damage to roots, trunks, and branches. The Contractor shall verify the location and elevations of existing utilities in the area of the work. Any damage to utilities, trees, or other existing -to- remain items shall be repaired /replaced at the Contractor's expense. •r 2.01. SITE AMENITIES A. The site amenities listed below shall be furnished and installed by the contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for complete installation of site amenities in accordance with both the construction documents and manufacturer's specifications (supplied by manufactures local representative and approved by L.A. E. prior to construction). Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment, concrete footings, and miscellaneous expenses associated with installation of the site amenities. B. All site amenities listed below shall not be substituted without Owner and L.A. /E. approval of alternate manufacturer and product line. Any request for such a substitution must be in writing and made at not less than seven days prior to bid opening date. The requests must be self explanatory with all product line, technical drawings and manufacturer information supplied for review by the Owner and L.A. Requests for substitutions for this equipment subsequent to this date will not be considered. C. The following is a list of the products to be furnished and installed by the Contractor. 1). Picnic Tables shall be 6 -foot Rectangular ADA Picnic Table with 2.5" x 3.5" HDPE lumber slats and three -inch (3") diameter round support posts, surface mount (ParkSeries Table 72 ", Model #9851/S). Powder Coat and Slat colors to be selected by L.A. -E. at time of construction from list of standard colors. Install as per manufacturer's specifications and as shown on drawings. D. EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS The following is the miscellaneous site amenities manufacture(s) and local equipment representative(s) whose amenities are listed above and specified on the drawings. Product/ Manufacturer: Recycle Design Inc. 804 Hazlett St. Anderson, IN 46016 LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 Local Commercial Recreation Specialists Representative: COMMERCIAL RECREATION SPECIALISTS 415 Investment Court Verona, WI 53593 PH: 877 - 896 -8442 Fax: 608 - 848 -8782 2.02. CLEANUP A. At the completion of the site amenities installation, the Contractor shall remove all equipment, tools, excess materials, and debris from the site. END OF SECTION 02770 — MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PRE - FABRICATED SHELTER BUILDINGS i!M T_l MEMEd 4:7�n1 1.01. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT A. The conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) and the General Requirements (Sections of Division 1) are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.02. SCOPE A. The work covered by this Section of the Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials and in performing all operations necessary in the construction and installation of the items included herein and shown on the Drawings. 1.03. LIMITS OF WORK A. The construction limits within which work included in this Section shall be confined are shown on the Construction Drawings. 1.04. PROTECTION A. The contractor shall protect that which is to remain and shall conduct all installation operations in a manner that will not damage orjeopardize the surround plant life designated on the Drawings to remain. Equipment operating around existing trees shall use extreme caution to prevent damage to roots, trunks, and branches. The Contractor shall verify the location and elevations of existing utilities in the area of his /her work. Any damage to utilities, trees, or other existing -to- remain items shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01. PRE - FABRICATED SHELTER BUILDINGS A. The shelter building listed below shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for complete installation of shelter building in accordance with both the construction documents and manufacturer's specifications (supplied by manufacturer's local representative and approved by L.A. -E. prior to construction). Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment, materials, permits, and miscellaneous expenses associated with installation of the shelter buildings. B. Vendor shall supply the necessary sealed engineering drawings and documents, and modifications to the structure if required, to guarantee that the shelter will meet all state and local building code requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing the necessary building permits from the City. Shelter Structure shall be installed as per manufacturer's specifications and as shown on drawings. Colors shall be chosen, by the Owner, prior to the structure being ordered. C. The following is a list of the products to be furnished the Owner and installed by the Contractor: Pre - fabricated Shelter Building shall be Coverworx Recreational Architecture (Model Steeiworx Gable Shelter — 20'x 20' with Trellis) with steel tapered craftsman columns and beams, tongue and groove roof decking sealed by the Contractor, and Medallion Lok True Standing Seam metal roofing as supplied by St. Croix Recreation, or approved equal, and shall include MN sealed Engineered drawings. Shelter buildings shall be installed as per manufacturer's specifications and as shown on the drawings — complete, including all attachments and concrete footings. Footings shall be no smaller than 24 inches in diameter. Manufacturer shall provide cover plates and accommodations for conduit runs to the peak of the shelter as well as to a future junction box within one of the columns. Exact locations to be determined at time of shop drawing submittals. Colors will be selected by Owner/ LA -E at time of construction. Manufacturer provided drawings have been included in Appendix C for reference purposes, final shop drawings to be submitted by Contractor. 2.02. SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions. B. Provide shop drawings in accordance with the following: 1). Connections. 2). Installation procedures. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PRE - FABRICATED SHELTER BUILDINGS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 2.03. MANUFACTURERS A. The following is the list of manufacture(s) and local equipment representative(s) whose amenities are listed above and specified on the drawings. Product / Manufacture: Coverworx Recreational Architecture 11800 E. 9 Mile Road Warren, MI 48089 Local Representative: Contact: 2.04. CLEANUP St. Croix Recreation Company, Inc. 225 North Second Street Stillwater, MN 55082 Mike Basich PH: 651 -430 -1247 Fax: 651- 430 -9231 A. At the completion of the site amenities installation, the Contractor shall remove all equipment, tools, excess materials, and debris from the site. END OF SECTION 02775 — PRE - FABRICATED SHELTER BUILDINGS LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PRE - FABRICATED SHELTER BUILDINGS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVERS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. New trees, plants, and ground cover. B. Mulch and fertilizer. C. Maintenance. 1.02. REFERENCES A. Fertilizers: Mixed, Commercial. B. ANSI Z60.1 - Nursery Stock, 1.03. DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. B. Plants: Living trees, plants, and ground cover specified in this Section, and described in ANSI Z60.1. 1.04. MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Operation Data: Submit for continuing Owner maintenance. C. Maintenance Data: Include cutting and trimming method; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer; and pesticides. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide inspection and testing for verifying acceptability of plants, robustness, and viability. 1.06. QUALIFICATIONS A. Nursery: Company specializing in growing and cultivating the plants with ten years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in installing and planting the plants with five years documented experience. C. Maintenance Services: Performed by installer. 1.07. PLANT MATERIALS AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Names and Grades: Plant materials shall conform to the nomenclature of Standardized Plant Materials' as adopted by the Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature, latest edition. Size and grading standards shall conform to the latest edition of 'American Standard for Nursery Stock' as published by the American Association of Nurseryman, Inc. No substitutions of size or grade shall be permitted without prior written authorization from the Landscape Architect. Each plant shall be identified with a legible waterproof tag securely fastened to each plant. Plant materials shall be certified by the Minnesota Department of Agriculture and described as being free of disease or hazardous insects in accordance with ANSI Z60.1. A. Health: All plants, including their roots, shall be free from disease, insects or other injurious qualities. All state, local and federal laws pertaining to the inspection, sale and shipment of plant materials shall be complied with. The trunk of the trees shall be sound with no large wounds. Small wounds shall have satisfactory callus roll formed or forming over them. Plants shall show good annual growth. Buds shall be plump and well filled for the species. Evergreen foliage shall have good, intense color. B. Quality: All plants shall be true to type, have normal and well developed branch system, and have a vigorous and fibrous root system. All plants shall also be free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers and all forms of infestation. All new plants shall be nursery grown. All plants shall be grown in similar climatic conditions as that found within 150 miles of the project area. C. Measurement: Shall conform to those specified on the plant schedule. Oversized plants may be used upon written authorization from the Landscape Architect. Use of oversized plants will not increase contract price. The Landscape Architect shall make the final determination as to whether the plants meet the size requirements in accordance with the identified standards. D. Fertilizer and Herbicide: Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 1.08. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of General Conditions. B. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. C. Protect plants until planted. D. Deliver plant life materials immediately prior to placement. Keep plants moist. 1.09. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below thirty five (35) degrees For above 90 degrees F. B. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds thirty (30) mph. 1.10. COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of General Conditions. B. Coordinate with installation of underground sprinkler system piping and watering heads if applicable. 1.11. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. General Inspection: The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering and installing plants that meet the conditions of these Specifications. All plant materials are subject to inspection by the Owner /Landscape Architect at any point up to and including Substantial Completion. Plant materials that are found to be substandard will be rejected during these inspections. Rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the premises. Plants that are found to be acceptable upon initial inspection are still subject to a final inspection. The Owner /Landscape Architect will establish an inspection schedule with the Contractor prior to commencing work to ensure that plant materials are meeting specification requirements. B. Final Inspection: After the Contractor has installed all plant materials and completed all other requirements of the Contract, the Owner /Landscape Architect will complete a final inspection of all plant materials, including those that have been previously inspected. Plant materials found to be substandard will be rejected during this inspection. Rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the premises. Replacement plants must be in place, inspected and accepted prior to Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion will not be issued, and warrantee period will not begin, until all plant materials are installed and accepted. 1.12. GUARANTEE PERIOD A. Guarantee Period: Will begin after the final inspection replacements are made and on the date when the Certificate of Substantial Completion is issued. The guarantee period starting date will be the same for all plant materials, irrespective of when individual plants may have been planted. The guarantee Period will last for a period of one (1) year. B. Guarantee Period Inspection: At the beginning of each planting season, an inspection will be made by the Owner /Landscape Architect. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating inspections in a timely fashion within the planting seasons under the guarantee period. Failure to complete a plant inspection may result in an extension of the guarantee period by one planting season, at the discretion of the OWNER. Final inspection of all plant materials shall be prior to the end of the established guarantee period. C. Guarantee Period Replacements: Any tree, shrub or ground cover that is dead or not showing satisfactory growth (at the discretion of the Owner /Landscape Architect) shall be removed from the site and replaced with like material. Vandalism is not considered the Contractor's responsibility. However, if the OWNER removes a plant that has died prior to inspection (due to site safety /aesthetic concerns), the Contractor shall still be responsible for replacing it. D. Guarantee Period on Replacements: All plants replaced during the guarantee period shall be guaranteed until the end of the original guarantee period. 1.13. PLANTING SEASON A. Spring Planting Season: Starts when the ground is workable until June 15tH B. Fall Planting Season: First frost until November 1 st. Evergreens should be planted from August 15th to September 15tH C. Planting Outside Planting Seasons: At the discretion of the Owner /Landscape Architect, planting may be allowed outside the established planting seasons. The Contractor must submit a request in writing stating the reasons for the request and the implications of planting outside of the established season. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 �RL•�,•7 \7i�L =1a� A. Partial Payment: Will be authorized for the specific plant materials that are installed and meet inspection criteria, (provided the area around the plants is clean and orderly). 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01. TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER A. Species and size identifiable in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the Work, and meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Standard Specification Section 3861. B. Healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. C. Well- shaped, fully branched, vigorous stock. D. Free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurements. E. Provide single stem trees with a strong central leader, except where special forms are shown or listed. F. The roots of all plant materials shall be free of kinks, circling and girdling. Transport roots shall be symmetrical around the trunk/stem of the plant. 2.02. SOIL PREPARATION / AMENDMENT MATERIALS A. Fertilizer: Slow Release / Controlled Release, of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil, meeting the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3881. B. Peat Moss: Shredded, loose, sphagnum moss; free of lumps, roots, inorganic material or acidic materials; minimum of eighty five percent (85 %) organic material measured by oven dry weight, pH range of four to five (4 to 5); moisture content of thirty percent (30 %), meeting the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3880. C. Bone Meal: Raw, finely ground, commercial grade, minimum of three percent (3 %) nitrogen and twenty percent (20 %) phosphorous. D. Agricultural Lime: Ground limestone, dolomite type, minimum eighty percent (80 %) carbonates which shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3879. E. Agricultural Gypsum: Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 calcium sulfate. F. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. G. Compost: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3890.2 B "Grade 2 Compost ". H. Topsoil: Salvaged top horizon, organic loam soils from site. 1. Topsoil: Imported, Select Topsoil Borrow which shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3877. J. Sand: Imported, shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Dept. of Transportation Standard Specification for 3149.2 B2 "Select Granular Borrow ". K. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous growth of plants. L. Herbicide: Round -up (for use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas without standing water or saturated soils). M. Herbicide: Rodeo (For use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas with standing water or saturated soils). 2.03. MULCH MATERIALS A. Mulching Material: Hardwood species wood shredded, free of growth or germination inhibiting ingredients. Submit 1 Cubic Foot sample for Owner's approval. 2.04. ACCESSORIES A. Wrapping Materials: Light colored paper. B. Stakes: Softwood lumber, pointed end. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 C. Post, stakes and anchors for staking and guying trees: Non- corrosive, of sufficient strength to withstand wind pressure and resultant movement of plant life. 1). Metal "tee posts ": steel, tapered with length as specified. 2). Wooden stakes: two and a half inch by two and a half inch (2 -1/2" x 2 -1/2 ") by length as specified, rough -sawn, sound, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects. 3). Guy and Tie Wire: ASTM A641 / A, Class 1, galvanized steel wire, 2- strand, twisted, 0.106 inch diameter. 4). Guy Cable: 5- strand, 3/16 inch diameter, galvanized steel cable with zinc- coated turnbuckles, minimum of 3 inches long. Two 3/8 inch galvanized eyebolts. 5). Hose Chafing Guard: new, reinforced rubber or plastic hose having an inside diameter not less than half an inch (1/2 "), black in color, cut to lengths as required to protect tree trunks from damage. D. Trunk Protectors: Flexible corrugated plastic with white exterior, three inch to four inch (3 " -4 ") dia. x forty eight inches (48 ") long and pre -slit with all necessary ties, tree guard zipper and appurtenances for installation. E. Antidesiccant: Water - insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written directions. F. Steel Edging: Standard commercial -steel edging, fabricated in sections of standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes. 1) Edging Size: three sixteenths an inch (3/16 ") thick by minimum four inches (4 ") depth. 2) Stakes: Tapered steel, a minimum of twelve inches (12 ") long. 3) Accessories: Standard tapered ends, corners, and splicers. 4) Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint; Color: Green. 0 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: Contractor shall inspect and verify that the Site is ready for their Work. If conditions do not meet approval, notify the Landscape Architect immediately. Proceeding with work without notification indicates acceptance of conditions. B. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. C. Verify that required underground utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. D. Locate all existing underground and overhead utilities 48 hours prior to proceeding with Work. Contractor shall be responsible for contacting Gopher State One -Call at (800) 252 -1166 or (651) 454 -0002. This is a free service which will locate public / company utilities, but will not locate City or privately owned utilities. 3.02. PLANT INSTALLATION A. Stake plants as per the plans and schedule a meeting with the Engineer / Owner for review and final approval and adjustments prior to planting. Provide a minimum forty eight (48) hours' notice. B. Planting Beds: 1). Roll, rake and remove ridges and fill depressions to create a smooth surface plane. 2). Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and prior to planting. 3). Discard any rocks or debris. 4). Discard / haul excess earthen material off -site, unless directed otherwise by the Landscape Architect / Engineer. 5). Trench edge of planting beds and install edging where required, as per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Planting Pits: 1). Planting pits shall be a minimum size of two (2) times the overall width of the rootball. 2). Depth of the planting pits shall be as follows: a). In well drained soils, planting pit shall be equal to the depth of the rootball so the base of the plant is equal to the finish grade. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 b). For oak trees or areas with poorly drained soils or high water table, the planting pits shall have a three inch (3 ") high pedestal in the center of the pit that is equal to the size of the rootball, for the rootball to rest on to allow the base of the plant to site approximately one inch (I") higher than the finish grade. The pedestal area shall slope towards the outside edge of the planting pits. 3). Pits shall be excavated with sides sloped inward. 4). Roughen the sides of the pit. 5). Loosen the soil subrade within the base of the planting pit to a depth of six to twelve (6 — 12 ") with a roto - tiller or pitchfork. 6). Discard any rocks or debris. 7). Discard / haul excess earthen material off -site, unless directed otherwise by the Landscape Architect / Engineer. D. Container Grown Plant Material: 1). Excavate as necessary for installation of container material. 2). Remove all root containers and cut all rope, wire, etc. attaching root container to the stem. 3). If the roots are growing in a spiral around the soil ball, sever and separate in the following manner; using a sharp knife, make a criss -cross cut on the bottom of the ball and vertical cuts on the sides just deep enough to cut the roots. 4). Set container grown stock plumb in pit or planting bed with top of root ball half an inch (1/2 ") to one inch (I") above adjacent finished grade. 5). Set plants vertical. E. Balled and Burlap Plant Material: 1). Lift from beneath the ball, not by the trunk. 2). Do not loosen or break the main soil ball. 3). Cut and remove the rope or twine around the trunk. 4). Pull the burlap away from the trunk and around the top three to four inches (3 — 4 ") of the rootball, cutting vertical slits in the remaining burlap at 6 inch verticals around the circumference of the rootball. 5). Cut and remove all wire baskets from the top half of the rootball. 6). Locate and expose the root flares of the plant materials. 7). In well drained soils, plants shall be placed so the root flare is placed at ground level. 8). In poorly drained soils or for Oak trees, plants shall be placed so the root flare is placed half an inch (1/2 ") to one inch (1 ") higher than finished grade. 9). Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before, or during, planting operations. 10). Plants shall be set gently into place and not dropped or pushed into the excavated areas. 11). Set plants vertical. F. Backfiiling: 1). When plants are set, place additional backfill around the base and sides of rootball. 2). Backfill planting pits with original soil. Break up clods of compacted soil. If soils are poor, backfill can be amended with one third (1/3) amendment mixed with two thirds (2/3) existing soil. 3). Backfill plants in planting beds maintaining proper amended topsoil depth as indicated on details. 4). Work each layer to settled backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. 5). When excavation is approximately two thirds (213) full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. 6). Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. G. Fertilizing: 1). Fertilize at the time of planting with a slow release, balanced fertilizer (use according to the manufacturer's instructions). 2). Mix the fertilizer in with the backfill or broadcast in a diameter around the plant. 3). Do not apply nitrogen in the late summer or any fertilizer to evergreen shrubs and shrubs planted in the late summer or early fall LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 H. Mulching, pruning and protection: 1). Install wood mulch to the edge of all planting beds to indicated depth. 2). Install wood mulch around trees in planting pits to a four foot (4') diameter and to indicated depth. 3). Pull mulch back to keep away from direct contact with the stem or trunk of plant materials. 4). Prune plant materials in accordance with standard horticultural practice, removing inured or dead branches. 5). Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures. 6). Install tree trunk protection on all trees taking care not to damage trunks in process. 7). If the site has a high rodent / deer population, place a cylinder of one quarter inch (1/4 ") hardware cloth around the trunk. The cylinder should be tall enough to prevent feeding at snow level. Anchor without disturbing the tree roots. 3.03. PLANT SUPPORT A. Stake only those plants with a heavy canopy or large leaves or those that begin to lean during the maintenance period. B. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes to the following: Tree Caliper Tree Support Method 1 inch (25 mm) 1 stake with one tie (must be approved nylon strap tie) 1 -2 inches (25 -50 mm) 2 stakes with two ties (must be approved nylon strap tie) 2 -4 inches (50 -100 mm) 3 guy wires (with eye bolts and turn buckles) Over 4 inches (100 mm +) 4 guy wires (with eye bolts and turn buckles) 4.01. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Engineer's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Landscape Architect that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining. 4.02. PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, from the site daily and dispose off -site. 4.03. FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean site; remove debris from site, sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. END OF SECTION 02$30— TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 LANDSCAPE GRADING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Subsoil preparation. B. Soil composition and soils report. C. Topsoil preparation and placement. D. Finish grade topsoil for landscaping and turf. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02830 — Trees, Plants & Groundcover B. Section 02936 — Seeding 1.03. REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) "Standard Specification for Construction ", 2005 edition. 1). Section 2105 — Excavation and Embankment. 2). Section 3877 — Select Topsoil Borrow, Type B. 1.04. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Measure topsoil borrow by the Cubic Yard, loose volume. 1.05. BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment for acceptable quantities of select topsoil borrow shall be at the contract unit price as listed on the Bid Form. B. Import of materials shall include all loading, unloading and transportation as part of the unit price. 1.06. QUALITY ASSURANCE & SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: 1). Provide qualifications tests and information for topsoil either imported or on -site material. 2). Submittal to be prepared by independent testing lab, state university soils science department, or other recognized soil physics testing laboratory to indicate that proposed material complies with specified requirements. a). Mechanical gradation analysis, ASTM D422. b). Materials qualification test. c). Recommendation for type and application rates of amendments needed to adjust topsoil to required nutrient levels for each proposed landscape operation, including sodding and planting. 3). Delay resulting from rejected submittals is Contractor's responsibility and will not be considered as basis for subsequent delay claim. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Type D & E as specified in Specification Section 02223. 1). Material consisting of fertile, friable, fine sandy loam, uniform in composition & 2). Capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth. 3). Free of subsoil, stones, lumps, clods of hard earth, plants, plant roots, sticks, noxious weeds, slag, cinders, demolition debris, or other extraneous matter over 1 inch in any dimension. 2.02. SOIL PREPARATION / AMENDMENT MATERIALS A. Fertilizer: Slow Release / Controlled Release, of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil, meeting the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3881. B. Peat Moss: Shredded, loose, sphagnum moss; free of lumps, roots, inorganic material or acidic materials; minimum of eighty five percent (85 %) organic material measured by oven dry weight, pH range of four to five (4 to 5); moisture content of thirty percent (30 %), meeting the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3880. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT LANDSCAPE GRADING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 C. Bone Meal: Raw, finely ground, commercial grade, minimum of three percent (3 %) nitrogen and twenty percent (20 %) phosphorous. D. Agricultural Lime: Ground limestone, dolomite type, minimum eighty percent (80 %) carbonates which shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3879. E. Agricultural Gypsum: Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 calcium sulfate. F. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. G. Compost: Shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3890.2 B "Grade 2 Compost ". H. Topsoil: Salvaged top horizon, organic loam soils from site. I. Topsoil: Imported, Select Topsoil Borrow which shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification Section 3877. J. Sand: Imported, shall meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification for 3149.2 B2 "Select Granular Borrow ". K. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous growth of plants. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which topsoil preparation and placement are to be performed. B. Verify final subgrade elevation has been established. C. Verify subsoil base has been contoured and compacted. D. Verify compaction requirements have not been exceeded. E. Verify topsoil meets requirements of this Section and soils testing lab report identifying required amendments is completed. F. If conditions do not meet the approval and there are any discrepancies, immediately notify the Engineer, proceeding with Work without notifying the Engineer implies acceptance of conditions. 3.02. STORAGE / STOCKPILE A. Remove and stockpile topsoil materials in such a manner that natural drainage is not obstructed and that no off -site sediment transmission will result. B. Place stockpiles with maximum 3:1 side slopes. C. Maximum height of stockpile shall not exceed eight feet (8'). D. Construct a temporary perimeter dike with gravel outlet, or fabric sediment barrier around topsoil component stockpiles. E. Erosion control silt fence shall be placed around the stockpile. F. Provide temporary seeding of stockpiles within two (2) days of formation of stockpile. 3.03. SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Remove subgrade soils as necessary to achieve proper subgrade elevation to accommodate finished grade of topsoil mixture and mulch, where applicable. B. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots, maintain indicated grades and make changes in grade gradual by blending slopes into more level areas. C. Scarify or till subgrade to a six inch (6 ") minimum depth for all areas where topsoil is scheduled, as indicated on plans, using a cuiti- mulcher or similar equipment of sufficient size and mass to manipulate soils to the proper depth and shall meet the approval of the Engineer. D. Scarify or till subgrade in areas where equipment is used for hauling and spreading, and any other areas of highly compacted subsoil. E. After scarifying or tilling of the subgrade, the Contractor shall remove roots, branches, clods of hard earth, stones larger than one inch (1 ") in any dimension, any subsoil contamination, and debris, including excess construction materials such as excess concrete, or any other extraneous non -earth material in excess of one inch (1 ") in any dimension. F. Prior to placement of topsoil, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange for an inspection of the prepared subgrade. Subgrade elevations and slopes that do not meet the Engineer's approval shall be re- worked by the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, until approval is gained from the Engineer. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT LANDSCAPE GRADING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3.04. PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place topsoil more than two (2) weeks prior to planned commencement of Project plant and turf installation operations. B. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is excessively wet or in a condition that may be otherwise detrimental to subsequent Work. C. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. D. Manually spread topsoil in areas close to trees, plants, buildings, and pavement. E. Remove roots, weeds, rocks over one inch (1 ") in any dimension, and any foreign material while spreading. F. Fine grade topsoil, eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain profiles and contour or subgrade. G. Lightly compact placed topsoil mixture, avoid excessive compaction of topsoil. 3.05. TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus two inches (2 ") over ten foot (10') span. 3.06. SCHEDULES A. Compacted topsoil thickness at the following areas: 1). All non -paved areas, not including infiltration basins: six inches (6 ") lightly compacted. 3.07. RESTORATION, CLEANUP & PROTECTION A. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive turf and landscaping. B. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as Final Work. C. Protect existing structures, fences, sidewalks, utilities, paving and curbs. D. Remove of all equipment and materials from Project Site. E. Remove all debris, waste, weeds, surplus topsoil mixture, etc. and dispose of off site — divert from landfill disposal whenever possible. F. Any materials containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations including oil drippings, fuel spills, etc. shall be disposed of legally. 3.08. PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected and approved, and that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. Provide submittals to the Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. B. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. END OF SECTION 02923 — LANDSCAPE GRADING LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT LANDSCAPE GRADING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 SEEDING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding, mulching and fertilizer. B. Maintenance. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Filling. B. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Subsoil grading. C. Section 02923 - Landscape Grading: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for the work of this Section. 1.03. REFERENCES A. Fertilizers: Mixed, Commercial. 1.04. DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.05. MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions and Division I. B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions, cutting method and maximum grass height; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer and herbicide. 1.06. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. 1.07. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of seed mixture. 1.08. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of General Conditions and Division I. B. Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not acceptable. C. Deliver fertilized in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. 1.09. COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of General Supplementary Conditions. B. Coordinate with installation of underground sprinkler system piping and watering heads, if applicable. 1.10. MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish maintenance of all seeded areas for Two (2) Months from Date of Substantial Completion. 0921ara'm:Z Lei" 2.01. SEED MIXTURES A. Type I Seed Mixture for General Turf grass areas: 40% Turf Gem Tall Fescue 30% Boreal Creeping Red Fescue 15% Park Kentucky Bluegrass 15% Perennial Ryegrass LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 B. Type 11 Seed Mixture for Native Seed Mix areas: Grasses /Sedges /Rushes: Scientific Name Common Name Oz. /Acre Andropogon gerardii Big Bluestem 12.0 Bouteloua curtipendula Side Oats Grama 40.0 Elymus Canadensis Canada Wild Rye 8.00 Elymus virginicus Virginia Wild Rye 24.0 Lolium italicum Annual Ryegrass 16.0 Panicum virgatum Switch Grass 12.0 Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem 24.0 Sorghastrum nutans Indian Grass 16.0 Sporobolus heterolepsis Prairie Dropseed 8.00 Total: 160.0 oz. PLS /Acre = 10.0 lbs. PLS /Acre Forbs: Scientific Name Common Name Oz. /Acre Aster laevis Smooth Aster 2,00 Aster ptarmicoides Upland White Aster 2.00 Chamaecrista fasciculate Partridge Pea 2.00 Heliopsis helianthoides False Sunflower 8.00 Lespedeza capitata Bush Clover 4.00 Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 4.00 Monarda fistulosa Wild Bergamot 2.00 Petalostemum purpureum Purple Prairie Clover 12,00 Ratibida pinnata Yellow Coneflower 8.00 Rudbeckia hirta Black -eyed Susan 12.00 Rudbeckia lacinata Wild Golden Glow 4.00 Solidago ngida Stiff Goldenrod 2.00 Solidago speciosa Showy Goldenrod 2.00 Verbena hastate Hoary Vervain 12.00 Veronicastrum virginicum Culver's Root 2.00 Zizia aurea Golden Alexander's 2.00 Total: 80.0 oz. /Acre = 5.0 lbs. /Acre C. Type II I Seed Mixture for Temporary Cover: Grasses /Sedges /Rushes: Scientific Name Common Name Lbs. /Acre Avena sativa Oats 32.00 Lolium multiflorum Annual Ryegrass 8.00 Medicago sativa Annual Alfalfa 8.00 Triticum aestivum Winter Wheat 32.00 Total: 80 ibs /Acre D. Cover Crop for Native Seed Areas Cover Crop: Scientific Name Common Name Lbs /Acre Avena sativa (spring) Oats Triticumaestivum( fall /dormant) Winter Wheat Total of applicable cover crop: 20 Lbs /Acre 2.02. MATERIALS A. All grass species shall be supplied as pure live seed. Submit to the Owner lab germination test results for all grass species. For species that are not typically tested, submit an affidavit that describes estimated purity. B. Seed of all species native to Minnesota shall be from within a 200 mile radius of the project site. C. Straw Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped corn stalks are not acceptable. D. Hydro Mulch Material: Type 8 Bonded Fiber Matrix Hydro - mulch, meeting the MnDOT Specification 3884 standards. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 E. Fertilizer: Grade recommended for grass start up with fifty percent (50 %) of the elements derived from organic sources. F. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter, which could inhibit vigorous growth of grass. G. Herbicide: Round up (for use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas without standing water or saturated soils). H. Herbicide: Rodeo (for use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas with standing water or saturated soils). I. Erosion Control Blanket: Blanket shall comply with MnDOT Category 3B, 2S, RD, Natural Net for all shoreline area slopes 3:1 and steeper. Uniform web of interlocking wood excelsior fibers meeting the MnDOT specification 3885 of the Category 2 standards shall apply for all other areas with slopes 3:1 and steeper. Topsoil: Reused; topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of six inches (6 ") under all seeded areas. J. Topsoil: Imported; any imported topsoil material shall have a minimum six percent (6 %) organic content, be black color in appearance and be light friable loam containing a liberal amount of humus and shall be free of heavy clay, coarse sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks, and other foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirement shall be selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed. Contractor shall fumish test results, samples and allow the Engineer to observe the borrow source prior to delivery of the material to the project. K. Compost: Imported, as listed in specification section 02223 — Backfilling. L. Coir or Bio- Rolls: 100% Coir Fiber log, minimum of eight inches (8 ") in diameter, bound by high strength two inch by two inch (2" x 2 ") twisted coir netting with two inch by two inch by twenty four inch (2" x 2" x 24 ") long wood stakes. Coir logs shall be trenched into the soil to one third (1/3) the thickness of the log. Logs shall be placed perpendicular to the drainage flow direction and shall be staked into place at a maximum of twelve inches (12 ") on center. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXECUTION FOR TURF GRASSES - TYPE I SEED MIXTURE A. Examination 1). Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. 2). If weeds / unwanted plant materials have emerged prior to seeding operation apply herbicide as per manufacturer's instructions and remove. B. Soil Preparation 1). Fine grade topsoil, eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain profiles and contour of subgrade. 2). Remove roots, weeds, rocks over one inch (1") diameter in size and foreign material while spreading or raking. 3). Manually spread topsoil close to trees, plants, buildings, and pavement to prevent damage. 4). Lightly compact topsoil. 5). Saturate the upper layers of the soil. 6). Allow the area to be seeded to dry out for one day only prior to any seeding / hydromulching operations. C. Fertilizing 1). Apply after smooth raking of topsoil. 2). Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed. 3). Mix thoroughly into upper three to four inches (3 — 4 ") of topsoil. 4). Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. D. Mechanical Seeding Application 1). If area to be seeded was treated with herbicide, seeding shall occur no less than fourteen (14) days after herbicide treatment. 2). Unless otherwise noted, apply seed at a rate of 6 Ibs per 1000 s.f. evenly in three intersecting directions. Apply 2 lbs. of seed per pass. Rake in lightly. 3). Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day. 4). Planting Season: May 15 to June 15 and August 15 to September 15. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 5). Do not apply seed immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy periods. 6). Apply seed with a Brillion slit seeder. 7). Immediately following seeding, install erosion control blanket on all seeded areas unless otherwise noted or as indicated on plans as per manufacturer's specifications. 8). Lightly roll seeded and mulched area to achieve even, uniform surface. 9). Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched, no longer than 24 hours upon completion of the seeding and mulching operations. Saturate to 4 inches of soil. 3.02. EXECUTION FOR NATURAL GRASSES /FORBS - TYPE II MIXTURE A. Examination: 1). Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. 2). If weeds / unwanted plant materials have emerged prior to seeding operation apply herbicide as per manufacturer's instructions and remove. B. Herbaceous Species Removal 1). Existing turf grass and weeds in all areas being converted to native landscapes shall be eradicated. All herbaceous species removal shall be completed prior to soil preparation. 2). Herbaceous species removal shall preferentially take place in the spring; however, execution of this task may occur at other times as approved in writing by the Owner. 3). Prior to site grading, herbicide treatment of undesirable species shall be conduction in all areas to be disturbed or converted to native landscapes. 4). The Contractor will use an approved herbicide and application instructions given on the label shall be followed at all times. 5). Care shall be taken not to affect vegetation outside of target areas or existing woody plant materials to remain. 6). A supply of chemical absorbent shall be maintained at the project site. Any chemical spills shall be properly cleaned up and reported to the Owner within twenty four (24) hours. 7). The Contractor shall maintain copies at the project site of all current pesticide applicator's licenses, herbicide labels, and MSDS's (Material Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals utilized during completion of the work. 8). Herbicide may be applied using a backpack sprayer, a hand -held wick applicator, or a vehicle mounted high - pressure spray unit. C. Soil Preparation: 1). Notify the Owner before beginning work of your schedule for beginning and completing work. 2). In soils that are heavy clay, hard or highly compacted, after grading is complete and at least three (3) weeks before installation of seed, chisel plow or rip soil to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18 "). 3). Topsoil and subsoil (to a depth of twelve inches (12 ") below grade) shall not have a measured compaction greater than five (5) pounds per square inch, based on Lang or Cone penetrometer measurements at the time of seeding or planting, unless otherwise stated on the plans or specifications. If ten percent (10 %) or more of penetrometer readings are greater than five pounds per square inch, disc, harrow, or rotovate said areas as necessary to reduce compaction. 4). Extreme care shall be taken to prevent damage to existing tree roots. 5). Re -check soil compaction as described above after tillage and repeat treatment until ninety percent (90 %) or more of penetrometer readings are less than five (5) pounds per square inch. 6). Immediately following chisel plowing or ripping of soil (if required), disc, harrow, rotovate or otherwise till all soil in areas to be seeded to a minimum depth of four inches (4 ") to create an even seedbed free of large lumps of soil and debris. 7). In areas with a slope greater than 10:1, ensure that the disc tracks or furrows run parallel to the contour so as not to encourage rilling. 8). Remove all foreign matter larger than twelve inches in any dimension from the areas to be seeded and /or planted. 9). After completion of soil preparation, the Contractor shall schedule with the Landscape Architect/Engineer/ Owner a final acceptance inspection of soil preparation. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 D. Fertilization: 1). No fertilizer shall be applied. E. Execution: 1). Before beginning seed installation, the Contractor shall layout all seeding zones using flags spaced approximately twenty feet (20') apart. The Landscape Architect/Engineer /Owner must approve the layout before seed installation begins. 2). Seeds shall have proper stratification and /or scarification to break seed dormancy for spring planting. 3). All legumes shall be inoculated with proper rhizobia at the appropriate time prior to planting. 4). Seeding shall be preferentially conducted as a late fall dormant seeding (after November 1) or in early spring (as soon as the soil is free of frost and in a workable condition with May and June optimal times, but no later than July 15). 5). If area to be seeded was treated with herbicide, seeding shall occur no less than fourteen (14) days after herbicide application. 6). All grass / seed / rush seed mix and cover crop seed shall be preferentially installed with a rangeland type seed drill or no -till planter, such as by Truax, or equivalent as approved in writing by the Landscape Architect/Engineer/ Owner. If soil is too wet or the area too small to install seed as described, a mechanical broadcast seeder, such as by Cyclone, shall be used. Hand broadcasting of seed may also be employed. Within twenty four (24) hours, or as soon as site conditions permit, broadcast seeded areas shall be rolled or cultipacked parallel to the contour 7). All fort seed shall be applied in a separate operation with a mechanical broadcast seeder, such as by Cyclone, or hand broadcasting of seed may also be employed. Do not rake in seed. Within twenty four (24) hours, or as soon as site conditions permit, broadcast seeded areas shall be rolled or cultipacked parallel to the contour. 8). Immediately following seeding, install erosion control blanket on all seeded areas unless otherwise noted or as indicated on plans as per manufacturer's specifications. 9). Lightly roll seeded and mulched area to achieve even, uniform surface. 10). Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched, no longer than twenty four (24) hours upon completion of the seeding and mulching operations. Saturate to four inches (4 ") of soil. 3.03. CLEAN -UP, REMOVAL AND REPAIR A. Clean up: the Contractor shall keep the work area free of debris. After seed installation is complete, clean up any remaining materials, debris, trash, etc. Avoid driving over seeded areas to minimize disturbance B. Removal: after work has been completed remove any tools, equipment, empty containers, and all other debris generated by the Contractor. C. Repair: repair any damages caused by the Contractor during completion of the work described in this section. 3.04. MAINTENANCE FOR SEEDED AREAS: A. Contractor maintenance period for all seeded areas shall be for Two (2) Months from Date of Substantial Completion. B. The Contractor shall supply all the necessary equipment, materials and labor for proper maintenance each type of seeded area. C. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out. D. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities. E. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. F. Immediately reseed areas that show seed germination and growth that is unacceptable to the Owner. Continue reseeding until satisfactory turf is established. G. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period. 3.05. ACCEPTANCE AND GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner /LA -E when all seeded areas are well rooted and ready for inspection and final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a forty eight (48) hour notification to accept maintenance responsibility once final acceptance is approved. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 B. Provisional acceptance: the work shall be considered seventy five percent (75 %) complete after all seed has been installed and the Contractor has completed all required clean -up, removal, and repair as described in this section. C. Final acceptance: the work shall be considered 100% complete after the initial maintenance period has expired and the Contractor has met or exceeded the performance standards given in this section, and completed all required clean -up, removal, and repair as described in this section. D. The Contractor shall guarantee all seeded areas will meet or exceed the following performance criteria one (1) full growing season after provisional acceptance: vigorous growth and well rooted turf of seeded areas to the expectation of the Owner /LA -E. 3.06. RETAINAGE A. Owner will hold five percent (5 %) of the seeding amount as retainage for all seeded areas until the seed establishes vigorous well rooted growth to the approval of the Owner / Landscape Architect. B. If the seed does not establish a vigorous growth to the satisfaction of the Owner /LA -E, the Contractor is responsible for re- seeding and maintenance until establishment is deemed acceptable by the Owner /LA -E as described in this section. END OF SECTION 02936 — SEEDING LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SEEDING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 HERBACEOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. DESCRIPTION A. This section includes installation of live herbaceous perennial plant plugs, tubers, bulbs, and dormant rootstalks, referred to as "herbaceous perennial plants ". 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02830 — Trees, Plants, & Groundcover. B. Section 02936 — Seeding. C. Section 02923 — Landscape Grading 1.03. DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.04. MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions and Division I. B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer and herbicide. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of workmen: provide at least one (1) person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work, who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type and operation of equipment being used. Said person shall direct all work performed under this section. B. Standards: all materials used during this portion of the work shall meet or exceed applicable federal, state, county, and local laws and regulations. All live herbaceous perennial plants shall be free from insects and diseases. 1.06. SUBMITTALS A. Materials: Prior to delivery of any materials to the site, submit to the Owner a complete list of all live herbaceous perennial plants to be used during this portion of the work. Include complete data on source, quantity and quality. This submittal shall in no way be construed as permitting substitutions for specific items described on the plans or in these specifications unless approved in writing by the Owner. B. Equipment: Prior to commencement of any work, submit to the Owner a written description of all mechanical equipment and its intended use during the execution of the work. C. After the work is complete submit to the Owner "as- built' plans including a listing of all species installed, and quantities installed. Mark in red ink on the original planting plan any field changes or deviations from the original plans. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Live herbaceous perennial plants shall be from within a 150 -mile radius of the project site and native to Minnesota. Species shall be true to their scientific name as specified. B. All plants are to be from 38 Protrays, or larger, or substitute approved in writing by Owner. Plants shall have been acclimated to the outdoors and shall be well rooted in their pots. C. Herbicide: Round -up (for use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas without standing water or saturated soils). D. Herbicide: Rodeo (for use on herbaceous species to be removed in areas with standing water or saturated soils). E. Erosion Control Blanket: Blanket shall comply with MnDOT Category 3B, 2S, RD, Natural Net for all shoreline area slopes 3:1 and steeper. Uniform web of interlocking wood excelsior fibers meeting the MnDOT specification 3885 of the Category 2 standards shall apply for all other areas with slopes 3:1 and steeper. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HERBACIOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 2.02 HERBACEOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS A. Area "A ": (Herbaceous perennial plants shall be installed in groupings of three to six (3 -6) like individuals and shall be spaced at approximately eighteen inches to twenty four inches (1W -24 ") on center for grasses /rushes /sedges and at approximately twenty four inches to thirty six inches (24 " -36 ") on center for forbs /other species within their designated zones). Scientific Name Common Name Qty. Location Asclepias incarnata Swamp Milkweed 6 Within 1' above bottom Aster oolentangiensis Sky Blue Aster 18 Edges / side slope Aster puniceus Swamp Aster 6 Within V above bottom Aster novae - angliae New England Aster 18 Edges / side slope Calamagrostis canadensis Blue Joint Grass 6 Within V above bottom Carex comosa Bottlebrush Sedge 37 Bottom of basin Carex vulpinoidea Fox Sedge 6 Within V above bottom Echinacea angustifolia Purple Coneflower 18 Edges i side slope Elymus canadensis Canada Wild Rye 18 Edges i side slope Eupatorium maculatum Spotted Joe -pye Weed 6 Within V above bottom Helenium autumnale Sneezeweed 6 Within V above bottom Iris versicolor Blue Flag Iris 6 Within V above bottom Leersia oryzoides Rice Cut Grass 6 Within V above bottom Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 18 Edges / side slope Liatris pycnostachya Prairie Blazing Star 6 Within V above bottom Lobelia cardinalis Cardinal Flower 6 Within 1' above bottom Mentha arvensis Wild Mint 6 Within V above bottom Mimulus ringens Monkey Flower 6 Within V above bottom Monarda fistulosa Wild Bergamot 18 Edges / side slope Muhlenbergia glomerata Swamp Satin Grass 37 Bottom of basin Petalostemum purpureum Purple Prairie Clover 18 Edges 1 side slope Rudbeckia hirta Black -eyed Susan 18 Edges / side slope Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem 18 Edges / side slope Scirpus atrovirens Green Bulrush 37 Bottom of basin Scirpus validus Softstem Bulrush 37 Bottom of basin Solidago riddellii Riddell's Goldenrod 18 Edges / side slope Sporobolus heterolepsis Prairie Dropseed 18 Edges / side slope Verbena hastata Blue Vervain 6 Within V above bottom Plant Total: 424 B. Area "B ": (Herbaceous perennial plants shall be installed in groupings of three to six (3 -6) like individuals and shall be spaced at approximately eighteen inches to twenty four inches (18 " -24 ") on center for grasses /rushes /sedges and at approximately twenty four inches to thirty six inches (24 " -36 ") on center for forbs /other species within their designated zones). Scientific Name Common Name Qty. Location Asclepias incarnata Swamp Milkweed 6 Within V above bottom Aster oolentangiensis Sky Blue Aster 14 Edges / side slope Aster puniceus Swamp Aster 6 Within V above bottom LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HERBACIOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 Aster novae - angliae New England Aster 14 Edges / side slope Calamagrostis canadensis Blue Joint Grass 6 Within V above bottom Carex comosa Bottlebrush Sedge 22 Bottom of basin Carex vulpinoidea Fox Sedge 6 Within V above bottom Echinacea angustifolia Purple Coneflower 14 Edges / side slope Elymus canadensis Canada Wild Rye 14 Edges / side slope Eupatorium maculatum Spotted Joe -pye Weed 6 Within V above bottom Helenium autumnale Sneezeweed 6 Within V above bottom Iris versicolor Blue Flag Iris 6 Within V above bottom Leersia oryzoides Rice Cut Grass 6 Within V above bottom Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 14 Edges / side slope Liatris pycnostachya Prairie Blazing Star 6 Within V above bottom Lobelia cardinalis Cardinal Flower 6 Within V above bottom Mentha arvensis Wild Mint 6 Within V above bottom Mimulus ringens Monkey Flower 6 Within V above bottom Monarda fistulosa Wild Bergamot 14 Edges / side slope Muhlenbergia glomerate Swamp Satin Grass 22 Bottom of basin Petalostemum purpureum Purple Prairie Clover 14 Edges / side slope Rudbeckia hirta Black -eyed Susan 14 Edges / side slope Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem 14 Edges / side slope Scirpus atrovirens Green Bulrush 22 Bottom of basin Scirpus validus Softstem Bulrush 22 Bottom of basin Solidago riddellii Riddell's Goldenrod 14 Edges / side slope Sporobolus heterolepsis Prairie Dropseed 14 Edges / side slope Verbena hastata Blue Vervain 6 Within 1' above bottom Plant Total: 320 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Examination: 1). Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive work of this Section. 2). If weeds /unwanted herbaceous materials have emerged, apply appropriate herbicide as per manufacturer's instructions and remove. B. Installation: 1). Planting of all live herbaceous perennial plants, tubers, bulbs, and dormant rootstalks of herbaceous perennial plants shall be completed after May 15, but no later than July 15. 2). All live herbaceous perennial plants shall be nursery grown stock, unless approved in writing by the Owner, and shall be inspected and approved by the Owner prior to installation. 3). Provide healthy, vigorous live herbaceous perennial plants. Do not use materials that have been in cold storage for longer than forty five (45) days. 4). Deliver live herbaceous perennial plants to project site after preparations for planting have been completed. 5). Live herbaceous perennial plants shall be packed in such a manner as to insure adequate protection against wind damage, desiccation, and other physical damage while in transit. 6). If planting is delayed more than four hours after delivery, keep plants in refrigerated container or set plants in shade protected from weather and mechanical damage and keep moist and cool. 7). Live herbaceous perennial plants shall be installed in groupings of three to five (3 -5) like individuals, throughout their designated zone. 8). Live herbaceous perennial plants shall be installed by adequately healing in the plants to prevent desiccation. In areas where an erosion control blanket has been installed, plant installation will be accomplished by cutting a small opening in the erosion control blanket prior to healing in. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HERBACIOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 9). Contractor is responsible for protecting all live herbaceous perennial plantings from wildlife herbivory. This may include goose and /or deer control fencing. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, including a materials list, to the Owner for approval prior to installation. Any fencing or other protective materials shall be removed by the Contractor one full growing season after installation or as otherwise directed by the Owner. 10). If planting into an area treated with herbicide, plant materials shall be installed not less than fourteen (14) days after herbicide treatment. 3.02 CLEAN -UP, REMOVAL AND REPAIR A. Clean -up: the work area shall be kept free of debris by the Contractor. After the work is complete, clean up any remaining materials, debris, trash, etc. Avoid driving or walking over planted areas to minimize disturbance. B. Removal: after work has been completed remove any tools, equipment, empty containers, and all other debris generated by the Contractor. C. Repair: repair any damages caused by the Contractor during completion of the work described in this section. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Contractor maintenance period for all planted areas shall be for one (1) month from Date of Substantial Completion. B. The Contractor shall supply all the necessary equipment, materials and labor for proper maintenance each type of planted areas. C. The Contractor shall notify the Owner /LA -E when all planted areas are ready for inspection and final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a forty eight (48) hour notification to accept maintenance responsibility once final acceptance is approved. 3.04 ACCEPTANCE AND GUARANTEE A. Provisional acceptance: the work shall be considered 90% complete after all plant materials have been installed and the Contractor has completed all required clean up, removal, and repair as described in this section. B. Final acceptance: the work shall be considered 100% complete after the Contractor has met or exceeded the performance standards given in this section, and completed all required clean up, removal, and repair as described in this section. C. The Contractor shall guarantee planted areas will meet or exceed the following performance criteria one (1) full growing season after provisional acceptance: fifty percent (50 %) survivorship of installed plants. D. If the plants do not establish vigorous growth as per the performance criteria described in this section, the Contractor is responsible for re- planting and maintenance until establishment is deemed acceptable by the Owner /LA -E. END OF SECTION 02937— HERBACEOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HERBACIOUS PERENNIAL PLANTS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 CHAIN LINK FENCING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Fence framework, fencing, gates, fabric, and accessories. B. Excavation for post bases. 1.02. REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B. ANSI /ASTM F567 - Installation of Chain -Link Fence. C. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. D. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E. ASTM A392 - Zinc - Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. 1.03. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings. B. Line Post Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division I. B. Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI /ASTM F567 1.06. QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. 1.07. FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the drawings. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS / MATERIALS SCHEDULE 2.01. 3'- 6 HIGH CHAINLINK BALLFIELD FENCING: A. Terminal & Corner Posts: 2.875" O.D., 5.79 lbs. polyolefin elastomer galvanized steel. B. Line Posts: 1.9" O.D., 2.72 lbs. polyolefin elastomer galvanized steel. C. Top and Bottom Rails: 1 5/8" O.D., 2.27 lbs. polyolefin elastomer coated galv. steel with connectors. D. Fabric: 9 gauge polyolefin elastomer coated gals. steel, two inch (2 ") mesh top and bottom salvage knuckle end closed; fabric placed on outside of framed enclosure. E. Tension Bar: 3/4" polyolefin elastomer coated galv. steel with connectors. F. Tie Wire: 6 -gauge polyolefin elastomer coated galv. steel. G. Post Caps: Malleable polyolefin elastomer coated iron; sized to fit post. H. Truss /Brace Rods: 3/8" polyolefin elastomer coated galv. steel rod tightener and connectors. I. Hardware: all to be elastomer coated. 2.02. FINISHES A. Components Fabric: Polyolefin elastomer black coating, 6 mil (0.15mm) to 10 mil (0.25mm) thickness, thermally fused to zinc- coated steel core wire, Per ASTM F668 Class 2b. B. Frame work and Accessories: Polyolefin Coated finish: In accordance with ASTM F1043, apply supplemental color coating of minimum 10 mils (0.254mm) of thermally fused polyolefin in color to match fabric. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CHAIN LINK FENCING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 K r 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Install framework, fabric, accessories in accordance with ANSIIASTM F567. B. Install all posts plumb, mechanically drive posts into ground protecting retaining wall geogrid fabric. C. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with twelve inch (12 ") long rail sleeves. D. Install intermediate and bottom brace rail. E. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet (30 m) maximum, whichever is less. F. Position bottom of fabric one and a half inches (1 '/2 ") above finished grade. G. Fasten fabric to top rail bottom and intermediate rails, posts, and braces, with tie wire at maximum fifteen inches (15 ") (380 mm) on centers. H. Attach fabric to posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. 3.02. ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: one eighth inch (118 "). B. Maximum Offset From True Position: one inch (1 "). C. Components shall not infringe adjacent property lines. END OF SECTION 05530— CHAIN LINK FENCING LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CHAIN LINK FENCING CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 APPENDIX A Appendix A Prefabricated Structures Cut Sheets LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX A CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 Model: Steelworx Gable Shelter, 20'x 20'w/ Trellis Manufacturing Mission: To provide all prefabricated components and installation instructions for a 20' wide by 20' long (measured from eave to eave) free standing bolt together, tubular steel constructed shelter kit. Design Criteria: Structure is typically designed for a 25 lb live load and a 90 mph wind load capacity, but can be designed based on specific site requirements upon request. All structural members are ASTM A -500 U.S. grade B steel. Welded connection plates shall be ASTM A -36 hot rolled steel. All fabrication performed to latest AISC standards by AWS Certified welders. All framing connections are done using A325 grade bolts within concealed access openings from above and will later be concealed by the roofing. All roof framing shall be flush against the roof decking to eliminate the possibility of bird nesting. Tubular Steel Columns and Beams: Upgraded columns shall be 12" tapered craftsman columns welded to 5/8" base plates with decorative stepped steel base and cap. Main support beams are 7" x 5" x 3/16" and purlins are 5" x 3" x 1/8 ". Steel sizes are preliminary and may change due to ongoing review and final engineering. Roof Deck: 2" x 6" (nominal) #1 Grade, single tongue and groove with V -joint bottom face, Southern Yellow Pine. Also includes 24 ga. metal drip flashing with Kynar 500 finish to match steel frame color or roof color. Roofing: 24 Ga. pre -cut steel Medallion -Lok standing seam panels with Kynar 500 finish in a variety of colors with white underside. Standard roof slope is a 8/12 pitch with a eave height of 10' -0 ". Attached to wood decking with concealed clips and screws. Matching 24 Ga. trim included. Frame Finish: All steel framework will receive a corrosion protective TGIC Polyester powder coat, electro- statically applied and cured at 400 °F. A large selection of standard colors are available. Foundation: All columns need to be anchored to concrete footings (footing design provided separately). Columns can be surface mounted to footings with anchor bolts at or below finish slab elevation or they can be embedded directly into the footing without base plates upon request. Anchor bolts and bracing templates are included. Optional base plate covers are available at an additional cost. Hardware: All structural hardware and roofing fasteners shall be provided. Warranty: 10 years against manufacturer defects. Not Included: Concrete work of any kind, unloading of product and installation. Additional Options: • Flexibility of Design Such as: Height and Pitch • Additional Engineering • Variety of Colors • Decorative Railings, Lattice, Braces, Trim, etc. • Cupolas and Rooftop Accs. • Column Style Variations • Provisions for Electrical • Lexan Wind Screens • Tongue & Groove Roof Decking • Asphalt Shingles, Standing Seam, Cedar Shake, or Clay Tile Roofing • Site Furnishings and Accs. 11800 East 9 Mile Road Steelworx Gable Shelter - 20'x 20'w/ Trellis Warre, MI Office :( 86)4861088 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ffi� ®WR YJ;M Fax: (586) 754-9130 Toll info@coverworx.com DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS /i�itfW7+a /,iilCh/L�"L'Cls/X7L Email: info @covenvorx.com A Division of Ross & Harr Inc. www.CoverWorx.com f® `1 FRAMING PLAN SCALE: NTS 4" x 2" TUBE STEEL LATTICE (TYP) 7" x 5" TUBE STEEL HEADER (TYP) 5" x 3" TUBE STEEL PURLIN (TYP) 7" x 5" TUBE STEEL RIDGE BEAM (TYP) 7" x 5" TUBE STEEL RAFTER BEAM (TYP) TUBE STEEL TAPERED CRAFTSMAN COLUMNS (TYP) NOTE: SIDE TRELLIS STRUCTURES SHOWN ARE AN OPTIONAL ADD ON. 11800 East 9 Mile Road Steelworx Gable Shelter - 20'x 20'w/ Trellis Oce:n(586)4861 ffi 088 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS Fax: (586) 754 -9130 Toll Free: 57 -6118 Email: info @covecoverworx.com DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A Division of floss & Barr Inc. www.CoverWorx.com ■ 47'-4" ,n, n" 0 o io 00 FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 118" = T -0" 20' -0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 118" = V -0" NOTE: SIDE TRELLIS STRUCTURES SHOWN ARE AN OPTIONAL ADD ON, PRE -CUT 24 GA. STANDING SEAM ROOF PANELS OVER 2" x 6" T &G WOOD DECKING TUBE STEEL TAPERED CRAFTSMAN COLUMNS (TYP) 11800 East 9 Mile Road Steelworx Gable Shelter - 20'x 20'w/ Trellis Warren, 86)4869 -1088 O COLUMBIA HEIGHTS Office: (586) 486 RTollFre:(800)657 Tmail:i info@coverworx.com DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS � B�.:'Z7tjlif,O;�ig17Ci!%�CCUl7e Email: info @coverworx.com A Division of Ross & Barr Inc, www.CoverWorx.com APPENDIX B Appendix B City Engineers Association of Minnesota Standard Specifications LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX B CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792-11 ## ENGINIRS MINNESOTI1. gym, .0 r Engineering Our Cities'Future IN N CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATIOK OF MINNESOTA • yj • • F1iSk1145 SECTION 2600 - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & 2600.1 DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... ..............................1 2600.2 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. ..............................1 AGranular Materials ........................................................................................................ ..............................1 Al Granular Material Gradation Classifications ........................................................ ..............................1 A2 Granular Material Use Designations ...................................................................... ..............................2 BInsulation ........................................................................................................................ ..............................2 CGeotextile Fabric .......................................................................................................... ..............................3 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................ ..............................3 AGeneral Provisions ...................................................................................................... ..............................3 AlMaintenance of Traffic ............................................................................................... ..............................3 A2Establishing Line and Grade .................................................................................... ..............................3 A3 Protection of Surface Structures ............................................................................ ..............................5 A4 Interference of Underground Structures ............................................................... ..............................5 A5 Removal of Surface Improvements ........................................................................ ..............................6 A6 Temporary Service Measures .................................................................................. ..............................7 B Excavation and Preparation of Trench ................................................................... ..............................7 B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements ......................................................... ..............................7 B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials ......................................................... ..............................8 B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements .......................................................... ..............................8 B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations ........................................................................ ..............................9 B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations ................................................... .............................10 B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes ................................................ .............................11 C Trenchless Pipe Installation ..................................................................................... .............................12 C1Jacking/ Boring ............................................................................................................ .............................12 C2Directional Boring ...................................................................................................... .............................14 DPlacement of Insulation ............................................................................................. .............................14 E Pipeline Backfilling Operations ............................................................................... .............................15 F Restoration of Surface Improvements ................................................................... .............................16 G Maintenance and Final Cleanup .............................................................................. .............................16 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................................. .............................17 ARock Excavation .......................................................................................................... .............................17 BGranular Materials ....................................................................................................... .............................17 CGeotextile Fabric ......................................................................................................... .............................17 DInsulation ....................................................................................................................... .............................17 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................. .............................17 STANDARD SECTION 2611 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN SERVICE • 2611.1 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... .............................19 2611.2 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. .............................21 AWater Pipe Materials .......................... ................................................................................................... '2l 27 A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings ........... ................................................. 2l A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings .................................................... ............... Z2 A4 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................. 23 BFire Hydrmnts ...... .............................................................................................................. ..................... 23 C Valves and Valve Housing ..................................... ............. ................................................................. Z4 C1Valve Housings .......................................................................................... ......................... ................... 24 C3Gate Vmhvem— ...................................................................................... ................. ........... ........... ......... 24 C3Butterfly Valves ........................................................ .............................................................................. 2S D Water Service Pipe and Fittings ................................................. ............................... ......................... 25 E Polyethylene Encasement Material .................................. ................................................................... Z6 F Mechanical Joint Restraints .................................................................................................................. 26 GMortar .............................................................................. ............. ...................... ...................................... 26 HConcrete-------------------------------------------------'26 03 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints ........................................................................................................ —31 37 281t3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 27 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ........................................ .................... ............................................. 27 BVe|ves---------------------------------------------------36 AjInspection and Handling ... ............... ................. ................................................................................. 27 CCorporation A2Pipe Laying Operations ............. .................................... ...................................................................... Z7 0 A3Aligning and Fitting mf Pipe .................................................................................................................. Z8 EHydrants A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe ....................... ..................................................... .......................... 28 FAir AS Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline ............................................................................... ............... 29 B Connection and Assembly wf Joints ................................................................................................... 30 H B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints .................................................................................. 30 1 03 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints ........................................................................................................ —31 37 B0Polyethylene Pipe Joints .............................................. .............................................. ........................ 1 B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe ........................................................................................ ....... 31 C Water Service Installations ............................ ....................................................................................... 32 C1Tee Branch Service Lines ......... ................................................. ......................................................... 32 C2Tapped Service Lines ............................................................................................................................ Z 0 Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials ....................................................... .................... 33 E Disinfection mfVVsterma|ne .............................................................. ................................................... B4 F Electrical Conductivity Test ............................................................................. ..................................... 35 G Hydrostatic Testing mfVVatenma|no ..................................................................................................... 35 2G11,4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 36 AWater Pipe .............................................................. ........ --....... .......................................................... 36 BVe|ves---------------------------------------------------36 CCorporation Stops .................................................................................................................................... 36 0 Curb Stops ................................................................................................................................................. 3h EHydrants ............................................................................................ ........................................................ 3b FAir Vents ......................... ........................................................................................................................... ]6 GPolyethylene Encasement ...................................................................................................... ............... 37 H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ........................... ................................................................................... 37 1 Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene .................................. .................................................................. 37 2G11.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... ]7 SECTION 2621 - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM INSTALLATION • • 2621.1 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... .............................39 2621.2 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. .............................40 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials .................................................................. .............................41 Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings .................................. ............................... A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings ....................... .............................41 A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ................................................................ .............................42 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings ....................................................................... .............................42 A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings ..................................................................... .............................42 A6Cast Iron Soil Pipe ..................................................................................................... .............................43 A7 Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene Pipe ................................................................... .............................43 A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe ................................................................................ .............................43 A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe ......................................................... .............................43 A10Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe ................................................................................... .............................43 AllPolypropylene Pipe ................................................................................................. .............................44 Al2 Tracer Wire for Non - conductive Pipe ................................................................. .............................45 BMetal Sewer Castings ................................................................................................. .............................45 C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections ...................................... .............................45 GMortar ............................................................................................................................. .............................46 EConcrete ........................................................................................................................ .............................46 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQ UIREMENTS ..................................................................... .............................46 AInstallation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................... .............................46 AlInspection and Handling .......................................................................................... .............................46 A2Pipe Laying Operations ............................................................................................ .............................47 A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints ..................................................................... .............................47 A4Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends ................................................................................. .............................47 BAppurtenance Installations ...................................................................................... .............................48 CSewer Service Installations ....................................................................................... .............................48 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures .................................................................... .............................49 E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing ............................................................................. .............................50 E1Air Test Method .......................................................................................................... .............................51 E2Hydrostatic Test Method .......................................................................................... .............................52 E3Test Failure and Remedy .......................................................................................... .............................53 FDeflection Test ............................................................................................................. .............................53 F1Test Failure and Remedy .......................................................................................... .............................53 GTelevising ...................................................................................................................... .............................54 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................... ............................... 54 ASewer Pipe .................................................................................................................... .............................54 BManholes ....................................................................................................................... .............................54 CCatch Basins ................................................................................................................. .............................54 DOutside Drop Connection .......................................................................................... .............................55 EService Connection ..................................................................................................... .............................55 FService Pipe .................................................................................................................. .............................55 GSpecial Pipe Fittings ................................................................................................... .............................55 HAppurtenant Items ....................................................................................................... .............................55 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................. .............................55 SECTION 2631 CIPPS - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER PIPE 1 • 1. ... • , IN-PLACE •: • SYSTE IS (CIPPS) 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ .............................57 AGeneral ........................................................................................................................... .............................57 BQualifications ............................................................................................................... .............................58 B1 Manufactured Products and Installation .............................................................. .............................58 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS .............................................................................................. ............................... 59 AGeneral ........................................................................................................................... .............................59 AlCIPPS Fabric Tube ..................................................................................................... .............................59 A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements ............................................................................. .............................61 A3 Material Testing Requirements .............................................................................. .............................62 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ .............................62 AInstallation of CIPPS ................................................................................................... .............................62 AlAccess .......................................................................................................................... .............................62 A2Water Usage ................................................................................................................ .............................62 A3Cleaning of Sewer Lines... .................................................. - ............ ... _ ........................ _ ............... 63 A4Bypassing Wastewater... ................................... __ ................................................................................ 63 A5Inspection of Pipelines ............................................................................................. .............................63 A6Line Obstructions ...................................................................................................... .............................63 A7Public Notification ..................................................................................................... .............................64 A8Liner Installation ......................................................................................................... .............................64 A9Resin Impregnation ................................................................................................... .............................65 A10Cool Down ................................................................................................................. .............................65 AllFinishing Operations .............................................................................................. .............................65 Al2Manhole Connections ............................................................................................. .............................65 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services ................................................................... .............................66 A14CIPP Short -Liner ...................................................................................................... .............................66 BTESTING AND INSPECTION ..................................................................................... .............................66 131 Testing .......................................................................................................................... .............................66 B2Inspection .................................................................................................................... .............................67 B3Televising ......... .............. ....................................................... .................................................................... 67 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................. .............................67 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................. .............................68 SECTION 2641 - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BYPIPE BURSTING ............................................................................................. .............................69 2641.1 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... .............................69 AGeneral ........................................................................................................................... .............................69 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................................................. .............................69 2641.3 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. .............................69 2641.4 SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................... .............................70 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ........................................................... .............................70 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS .................................................................................... ............................... 70 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... .............................70 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. .............................72 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................................. .............................73 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................... .............................73 SECTION 2600—STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION &EDACKFILUSURFACERESTORATION 2600'1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of excavation, trenching, backfilling, and restoration of existing surfaces for the construction of underground utilities. The use 0f the term "Pk3nS. Specifications Gnd Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed tO mean those documents which compliment, modify, OF clarify these specifications and are 8D enforceable component Of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", and all supplements and e[nHndnoeDfs thereto, published prior to the date 0f advertisement for bids. All reference tO other Specifications Of/\ASHTO./\8TK8./\N8[ AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2608.2 MATERIALS A Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by the material manufacturer Or8S indicated in the Plans, GpeCifiC8U0nS, or Special Provisions. Al Granular Material Gradation Classifications GnSnV|8r materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or BaCkfU COOGtnuC1iOD Sh8|i COnfOnn h0 the following requirements: Foundation materials shall have one hundred percent (1100%) by weight passing the one and one-half inch (1 1C2") sieve and 8 maximum Of ten percent (1U%) by weight passing the No. 4 sieve. Not |eGG than fifty percent (50%) of the material by weight that is retained on the NV. 4 sieve shall have one (1)or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used for Foundation materials. Bedding and encasement materials for flexible pipe shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1' Granular Borrow, except that one hundred percent (100%) byweight shall pass the one inch /1"\sieve. BaCkO|{ Dl8hB[ia|S Sh3!| CODSiSt of suitable existing trench materials, except as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Suitable material shall be defined aee mineral soil free of foreign materials /rubbiSh. OFg@OiCS, and dHb[iS\. frozen C|U[npS, oversize stone, n]Ck. COncPBk3 or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials that may damage the pipe, prevent thorough compaction, orincrease the risks ofsettlement. Page I A gradation report, certified by an approved independent testing laboratory, of the proposed granular materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. A2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Designation Zone Designation Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve improved foundation support. Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. For flexible pipe installation, placed below the pipe midpoint to a point six inches (6 ") below the bottom of pipe or twenty five percent (25 %) of the diameter below the pipe, whichever is greater. Granular Encasement Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill Placed below the surface base course, if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. B Insulation Insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU /hour /square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40 °F mean, a comprehensive strength of thirty five (35) psi minimum, and water absorption of one quarter percent (0.25 %) by volume minimum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure eight feet (8') long, two or four feet (2' or 4') wide, and one (1), one and one half (1 -1/2), two (2), or three (3) inches thick. Page 2 C GeotexLile Fabric Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3733 and be used as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions All Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow Of traffic along 8 roadway, the Contractor shall provide traffic control signing andpub|iC8nfe|vin8CCppdonD8Njdhth8pn}v8iOnSK4inn8GVt8W18OU@lOn Of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition and any amendments), MD[)(]T Specifications 1404 and 1710' and the Special Provisions. Neither [O8d C|0GUn8S nor d8tOUnG shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures Or detours are permitted bythe Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, 0r departments the Contractor must notify prior tO taking the action and the proper advance notice tobe provided tD each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies 0r institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police dep3rtOl9Ot, the fire department, [OUQiCip8| bus service, S0h0O| bus service, and 8[nbU|8nC8 service, [O@i( delivery, and waste hauler services. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade The primary |iO8 and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench iOSt8||8tiVn. line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel in8{8||8UOn. line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing the staking. The Contractor shall be [8SpODSib|8 for preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost Ofany re-staking. The Contractor shall bH solely responsible for the correct transfer Vf the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions the watermain shall generally be placed with the noininnurn specified cover. Hovvewar, a greater depth may be required to avoid conflicts with other utilities and obstructions. IDSt9||8[iDO OfVv8berrn@iO and services to a depth deeper than specified shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Page 3 The existing grade shown on the plans kaapproximate. Modification [f the pipe location or differences in existing elevation shall not be cause for additional compensation. In areas where direct conflicts arise between watermain and water services, with storm sewer, sanitary sewer, sanitary sewer services, sewer forcemains, septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems, the following shall apply: VVaternlain and services located near sewer foroerngins: A minimum of ten feet (10') of separation, measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. If ten feet /1U'\of separation cannot ba provided, an approved additional measure of containment must be provided for either the watermain or the sewer forcemain. Watermain and services located near septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the watermain, tank and subsoil treatment system is required. VVatenDaiD and services located near gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is In locations where local conditions prevent the required separation indicated above (due to the presence Ofrock, buildings, other significant obstnJcUOnG). the vv2ienn@iD may be laid closer to gravity sewer if one (1) of the following conditions is met: The bottom Of the vv8t8rD8iO is laid at least eighteen inches (18") above the top 0f the sewer on a separate shelf; or The sewer iG CODStR]Cted of materials and with joints that are equivalent b] watermain standards of construction and is pressure tested to assure water tightness prior h}b8CkfiUiDg. VVatannain and services crossing gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum vertical separation 0f eighteen inchomM8"\nnuatbeprovidedbetweenUlaouter surfaces o[ the pipes, with preference that the vvatennain cross above the sewer, wherever possible. One full length of water pipe shall be located ao both joints will be as far from the sewer 8a possible. VVatennain above-water crossings: The pipe shall be adequately supported and anchored, protected from vandalism, damage and freezing, and accessible for repair or replacement. Page 4 Watermain underwater crossings: A minimum cover of five feet (6) shall be provided over the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Department of Health. When crossing water courses which are greater than fifteen feet (15') in width, the following shall be provided: 1. The pipe shall be of special construction, having flexible, restrained or welded watertight joints 2. Valves shall be provided at both ends of water crossings so that the section can be isolated for testing or repair; the valves shall be easily accessible, and not subject to flooding 3. Permanent taps or other provisions to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and obtain water samples on each side of the valve closest to the supply source. A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the permissible excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the removal of improvements such as pavement, curb, curb & gutter, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to equivalent acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, mailboxes, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of existing overhead utilities and poles. This shall include arranging with the utility owner and arrange paying the utility for holding poles that will be close to the edge of any trench. Holding of poles and repair of any damage to these facilities shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed. If relocation or removal of these facilities is required, the Owner will contact the concerned utility owner and arrange and pay for the relocation or removal at no additional expense to the Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor Page 5 shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the in -place structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2104 and the Special Provisions. Removal debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean -cut breakage to pre- scored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one -third (1/3) of the structure depth. Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. Page 6 A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contractor shall have available 8 supply of steel plates suitable for temporary bridging 0f open trench sections where either vehicular Or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the p|80eG Sh8|| be 88 directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure 8S soon 8Spossible. B Excavation and Preparation ofTrench BI Operational Limitations and Requirements Trench excavation must conform to all local, state and federal requirements. All work must be confined tO the limits of the construction and k} easements and right Of way @S indicated ODthe plans. The Contractor shall install @this expense the necessary trench support to meet the varying soil conditions and tn protect existing structures and property. The trench shall b8 drained to provide stable 8xC8v8UOn and permit the pipe to be laid in @ dry trench. Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the O88dS for C0OrdiO8tiOO of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned, consistent with the Contractors methods and scheduling. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to in-place structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work 0r unnecessary delay. Wherever possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods 0f operation with the Engineer prior tQ beginning the work. The Contractor shall bGCkfi|| all trenches at the end Of each work day, Or upon written authorization of the Engineer, shall provide another approved method of protecting the trench area while work is not being performed. All installations shall b8 accomplished by open trench with the exception that boring, jacking 8Dd tunnel construction methods shall be employed where specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, O[ Special Provisions. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all existing underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective nl88SuPes shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe, power and communication cables, vvaterrnain. gravity and pressure sewers, and respective service pipes. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineers approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The hours of blasting operations shall be set by the Owner. The Contractor shall assume full Page 7 responsibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations, and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only when specifically provided in the Special Provisions, or the Proposal. All other materials encountered in the excavations will be considered incidental to utility construction, with no additional compensation provided thereto. Miscellaneous excavated materials that are not specifically identified for payment in the Special Provisions or Proposal, exceed one (1) cubic yard in volume, cannot be re -used within the project limits, and in the opinion of the Engineer requires special means for handling and disposal, may be considered for payment through supplemental agreement as extra work. Miscellaneous excavated materials include but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excavation. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided. All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations in a manner that could create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor with no additional compensation. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Page 8 Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structures as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or directed by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches (6 ") below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of flange and bell /spigot joint. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet (2'). Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches (6 ") on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches (6 ") of clearance on each side of the flange and bell /spigot joint. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet (2'), subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the top of pipe level may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven (7) days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and /or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation. The use of granular foundation materials shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed therefore. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All trench excavations that require slope support shall be sheeted, shored, and braced in a manner that will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract, to adjacent structures, or other property, caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave -ins, or other causes due to the failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing, through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. The Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life and property. The Engineer may order other precautions when excavation conditions appear to warrant additional measures. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or Page 9 inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and without increase of stress or strain on the in -place structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the in -place structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet (3') or more below the established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract, payment will be made for those materials by supplemental agreement. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within three tenths of a foot (0.03') of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified or is ordered by the Engineer. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding eight inches (8 ") in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over - excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed Page 10 during pipe lowering operations except gG necessary tn remove pipe slings. The discharge Uf trench devv8t8hng pumps shall be directed to D8tU[8| drainage dlanme|S or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Contractor Sh@U iD9t8U and operate 8 devV@tehnA avota[n of wells Or points to FD8iDt8iD pipe trenches free of water whenever necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions such work shall be considered All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated inthe Contract provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order 0f the Engineer iDthe absence Of Contract requirements will be compensated for separately. U examination bythe Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregate was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes If during the course of the Project, the Contractor unexpectedly encounters any of the following conditions indicating the possible presence of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated vv8StB, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the vicinity, and notify the Engineer. /# the direction Of the Engineer, @ documented inspection and evaluation will bSconducted prior tD the resumption 0f work. The Contractor shall not resume work in the suspected area without authorization by the Engineer. Indicators of contaminated SOi[ groundwater O[surface vv8t8[ include, but are not limited to the (1) CkjOr including AGSD|iDe, diesel, creosote (odor of [8i|[D8d tkeS\' OlOthb8U9. or other chemical odor. (2) Soil stained green 0[ black (but not because Of organic C0nt8nt\'Q[ with 8 dark, oily appearance, or any unusual soil color ortexture. (3) A rainbow color (sheen) on surface water or soil. Indicators of regulated VV8s{eS include, but are not limited to the fo|kJvvnA: (1) Cans, bottles, glass, GC[8p Olet3[ vvOOd (indicators of solid VV8Ste and 8 potential dump site). (2) Concrete and asphalt rubble (indicators [f demolition w8St8). (3) Roofing materials, shingles, siding, vermiculite, floor tiles, tn]nGihe 0F any fibrous 0at8h8| (indicators of demolition vv8St8 that could contain asbestos, lead or other CherO{C8|s\. /4\ Culverts or other pipes with tar-like CO8tiDg' insulation 0ri[@nSih} /iOdiC@h]FS of aobuahro\. (5) Ash (ash from burning of regulated materials may contain lead, asbestos or other chemicals). (6) Sandblast residue (could contain lead). (7) Treated wood including, but not limited to products referred to as green treat, brown treat and creosote (treated wood disposal is regulated). (8) Chemical containers such as storage tanks, drums, filters and other containers (possible sources of chemical contaminants). (9) Old basements with intact floor tiles or insulation (could contain asbestos), sumps (could contain chemical waste), waste traps (could contain oily wastes) and cesspools (could contain chemical or oily wastes). Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on State right of way, State property, and State funded projects shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MNDOT Office of Environmental Services (OES) and the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re -use and remediation. Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on projects or properties that are not under the ownership or financed by the State shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re -use and remediation. C Trenchless Pipe Installation The Contractor shall inspect and verify soil conditions as necessary in order to determine the type of construction to employ. Natural and /or manmade obstructions may be encountered in the soil. These contract documents do not warrant the nature or condition of the soils, and do not warrant that natural or manmade obstructions will not be encountered, nor guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing utilities within the construction limits. C1 Jacking /Boring The terms "auger ", "boring ", 'jack ", "jacking", and "tunneling" in the proposal, specifications, and plans refers only to trenchless construction. The minimum diameter of the casing pipe shall be four inches (4 ") greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the carrier pipe. The Contractor shall prevent excavated materials from flowing back into the excavation during the trenchless construction. This shall include the use of a shield conforming to the size and shape of the casing that will prevent materials from flowing into the leading edge of the casing. The machine used shall be capable of controlling line and grade and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing pipe. No jacking /augering of pipe will be allowed below the water table unless the water table has been lowered sufficiently to keep the water below the pipe being installed. The use of water Page 12 under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate jacking/augering operations. If any installation is augered, the head shall be approved by the Engineer and the auger shall be located six inches (O") behind the lead edge of the casing Ur carrier pipe. The jacking system shall be provided with an integral grout pipe and casing pipe. A one inch (1") grout pipe shall b8 tack welded k]the front edge Of the first length of casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be extended with the casing pipe, but not fastened to the casing pipe during the remaining jacking operations. After the pipes are through tD the receiving pit, the grout pipe shall be cut free from the casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be pulled back through the embankment applying positive piston pressure On the grout along the outside of the C8SinQ pipe throughout the pulling operation. A cement slurry grout mix with as little water as possible shall be used. Bentonit8 8h8|| not be used to fill voids. The Engineer shall approve grout and b8CkU|| material prior to placement of any material. Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the Engineer, in excess of five tenths of a percent (0.O5Y6) may b8 cause for removal and relaying Of the pipe by the Contractor with DOadditional compensation allowed therefore. |f8 void develops, the jacking or boring operation shall be stopped immediately and the void shall be filled by8n approved method. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when boring: Extend casing through entire distance bored. Check grade and alignment after each casing section iGinstalled. Coordinate operations to provide continuous support to surrounding earth materials. Excavation shall be carried on in such a manner as to provide adequate support to surface structures and roads above and adjacent to the boring and not create any hazards tO overhead traffic and other activities. These contract documents dO not guarantee the extent [owhich n0chS, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. NO extra compensation will be made for removal of rocks, boulders 0[ other natural or manmade obstructions encountered during t[SDCh|e8O construction O[excavation. All voids caused by boring shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist Of sand cement slurry 0fgt least two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard and e minimum Of water b) assure satisfactory placement. All slurry shall be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to use bythe Contractor. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when jacking: The jacking machine shall b8capable of controlling line and grade. Progressively push carrier pipe through completed casing. Page 13 Strap two (2) wooden saddle blocks to each pipe length to provide support at regular intervals. Center carrier pipe in casing at all times. Partially fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with dry blown sand. Space shall be considered filled when dry sand blows out of opposite end of casing pipe. Seal each end of the casing with a concrete bulkhead after the sand has been deposited. The location, size, and configuration of all jacking pits shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. C2 Directional Boring Direction boring /drilling installation shall be accomplished where required on the Plans or in the Special Provisions to minimize disturbance of existing surface improvements. The installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in this method of construction and have successfully installed at least ten thousand feet (10,000') of eight inch (8 ") or larger diameter pipe to specified grades. The field supervisor employed by the Contractor shall have at least five (5) years of experience and shall be at the site at all times during the boring /drilling installation. The Contractor shall submit boring /drilling pit locations to the Engineer before beginning construction. Boring pits may be located within roadway right -of -way and easements. Any other boring pit locations that may be desired by the Contractor for boring or other uses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to attain authorization, including use of private property. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be compensated for the restoration work only within the areas at the connection points, or other locations as may be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs, without compensation, for any other repair areas, including pit/boring points and areas above the drilled pipe where drilling fluid pressure may have caused heaving or damage to pavement and other surfaces. The drilling equipment shall be capable of placing the pipe as shown on the plans. The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe between appurtenances such as valves, manholes, etc., without intermediate pits. The guidance system shall be capable of installing pipe within one and one half inch (1 '/2 ") of the plan vertical dimensions and two inches (2 ") of the plan horizontal dimensions. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall pipes which vary in depth and alignment from these tolerances. Pull back forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the pipe being installed. Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and bentonite clay, and shall be suitable for existing soil conditions. Disposal of excess fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six inches (6 ") above the pipe. Page 14 Insulation boards shall b8 placed with the long dimension parallel tothe centerline Of the pipe. BQ8ndS Sh8U be placed in a single layer with tight joints. No cVOUOuOuS joints or seams 8h8U be p|G08d directly over the pipe. If two /2\ Or more layers of iOSu|@UOD boards are used, each layer Sh8|| be placed to cover the joints of the |oy8[ immediately below. The Contractor shall exercise caution b] ensure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. Backfill material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation, and compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than eighty (80) psi E Pipeline BaokfiNing Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore preexisting conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the P|8OS. Specifications, and Special Provisions. The bGokfiUiDg operations shall be started aS soon 8S conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service 8S soon 8S practicable. All operations shall b9 pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, 0J assure acceptable results. The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as provided in the Special Provisions, or as arranged otherwise through supplemental agreement. Backfill material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone' n]Ch, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be DO detrimental effects. Placement 0fb8Ckfi|| material oOnt8iO\Dg StODes, boulders, chunks, greater than eight inches (8") in any dimension shall not be allowed. All flexible pipe shall be bedded iO accordance with ASTM Specification [}2321,"Recommended Practice for Underground Installation Of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe" Where existing soils do not meet the requirements of bedding and encasement materials, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials. Placement and CqrnpantiOD of bedding and eOC8S8DleDt materials around the pipe shall be considered incidental tO the installation Of the pipe. Compaction 0f materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall b8 accomplished with portable O[ hand equipment methods, 6o astn achieve thorough consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use Of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited tQ safe pipe |O3diOA. B8Ckfi|| materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers UptV twelve inches (12") thick spread over the full width and length ofthe trench section to provide sirnV|t8Oe0uS support OD both sides Of the pipeline. Granular b8Chfi|| may be placed in layers Upt0twelve inches /12"\ above 8n elevation one foot /1'\ above the top Vf the pipe. Page 15 Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. Compaction of each layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within twenty four (24) hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at locations within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, without until final cleanup. Compaction of backfill within Roadbed areas shall meet the density requirements of MnDOT Specification 2105.3 F1. Compaction of backfill in all other areas shall be as required in the Special Provisions. Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without cost to the Owner. Any settlement of road surfaces placed under this Contract and that are within the guarantee period that are in excess of one inch (1 "), as measured by a ten foot (10') straight edge -shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction. The Contractor shall be required to repair such settlement without cost to the Owner. F Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. G Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration work, and until the work has been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be Page 16 provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion 0f all work. Cleanup operations shall beconsidered an incidental part 0fthe work covered under the Contract Items. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work iSsatisfactorily performed o[ the Engineer may deduct the estimated cost Vf its performance from the partial estimate value. 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according tD design dBSi n8tkon88indkcatediDth8pa« Item name and 8S may &e detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, orSpecial Provisions. Complete-in-Place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. A Rock Excavation Rock Excavation Sh3U be nne8GUr8d by volume in cubic yards. Depth shall be Fne8Su[0d from the top of the rock toa point six inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and width shall bS the inside diameter ofthe pipe plus twenty four inches (2zy') (12"from each side). The rninirnunl width 0f measurement shall be four feet (4'). B Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed aS special f0uDd@UOO'beddiOg.eOCgSemert,OrbackfU construction will b8 measured bv weight nrvO|urne of material furnished hv the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of other Contract Items as may be specified. C Geotexti&e Fabric VVh8ne geotextile fabric kS used for improving pipe foundation, it shall be measured hvthe square yard of material installed. D Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured one square yard basis installed to specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor required for placement. 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution Page 17 and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of restoring surface improvements as required, disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair of completed work, and final cleanup operations shall be incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are incurred. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items. Otherwise the furnishing and placing of granular materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. Materials utilized for filling annular spaces due to jacking /boring and drilling fluids for directional boring shall be incidental to the installation of the casing and pipe installed. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes not anticipated in the plans, specifications and special provisions and unexpectedly discovered during construction shall be compensated for as negotiated by supplemental agreement. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes specifically identified for payment in the plans, specifications, and special provisions, will be paid for under separate Contract Items provided in the Proposal. Page 18 SECTION 2611 — STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of watermain and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction ", and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications have been referenced in this Specification: C104 American National Standard for Cement - Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems C110 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids C111 American National Standard for Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges C116 AWWA Standard for Protective Fusion - Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe C151 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids C153 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service C301 AWWA Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel- Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C304 AWWA Standard for Design of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe 26 C500 AWWA Standard for Metal- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C500a -95.) C502 AWWA Standard for Dry- Barrel Fire Hydrants (Includes addendum C502a -95.) C504 AWWA Standard for Rubber - Seated Butterfly Valves C509 AWWA Standard for Resilient - Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C509a -95.) Page 19 C515 AWWA Standard for Reduced -Wall, Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service C550 AWWA Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants C600 AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances C605 AWWA Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC and PVCO) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water C651 AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains C800 AWWA Standard for Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings C900 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Transmission and Distribution (Includes addendum C900a -92.) C901 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. Through 3 In., for Water Service C904 AWWA Standard for Cross - Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipes, %z In. (12 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm) for Water Service C905 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48 In., (350mm Through 1,200mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution C906 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 63 In., for Water Distribution and Transmission C907 AWWA Standard for Injection - Molded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. Through 8 In. (100mm Through 200mm) for Water, Wastewater, and Reclaim Water Service AWWA C908 Standard for PVC Self- Tapping Saddle Tees for Use on PVC Pipe ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM B88 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D1248 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable ASTM D1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series) ASTM D2446 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D2467 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter ASTM D3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials ASTM F593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs ASTM F594 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Outside Diameter ASTM F876 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Page 20 /\STKX F877 Standard Specification for [rOSS|inked Polyethylene (PEX) Hot and Cold Water Distribution 8VGtennG Service installations shall include either Branch Service Lines or Tapped Service Lines in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Tapped Service installations shall include all water service lines less than three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe. The component parts of a tap service installation shall include a corporation stop coupling complete with w8t8On8iD tap and saddle where required; 3 curb stop coupling complete with service box; and service piping extending from the corporation stop to the curb stop coupling and beyond to the property line OrtO the limits 8s established bythe Engineer. Branch Service installations shall include all water service lines of three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe and larger. The component parts Of8 branch service installation shall include a tapping sleeve and valve Or8 tee connection and valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from the watermain connection, to the property line or to the limits as specified by the Engineer. All references to "structure" shall include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by special terminology or definition. 2611'2 MATERIALS All rDo0eho|S required for this work shall be new nn8teh@} conforming to requirements of the reference specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. |f any options are provided for, 3sk] type, grade, 0[ design Of the material, the choice shall be limited as may bestipulated in the Plans, 8peCifiC@bOD5' or Special Provisions. All manufactured Dr0dUCtS shall CVOfo0n in detail 03 such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of [O8t8h8| suppliers, product design, Vr other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. /\Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. A Water Pipe Materials All pipe furnished for watermain and branch line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plan and designated in the Contract |herna. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is noquined, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Page 21 Al Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for potable water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and /or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C1 16/A21.16, with 6 -8 mil nominal thickness. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high - strength, low - alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI /AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements, Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D1784 and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C -900, C -905, Fusible C -900, and Fusible C905, for the size, grade, and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Fittings shall be the same pressure class as the pipe and shall conform to AWWA C907 and C908. PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D -543. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Page 22 A3 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTK4[)3350and shall conform k}ABTMD3O35 and AVVVVAC-S01 (for 8.5"to3"diameters) and ASTM F714 and AWWA C906 (for 4" to 65" diameters) for the size, grade and pressure class indicated OO the plans, specifications and special provisions. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall bePE30O80rPE471O for potable water transmission and pressure rating Dfone hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type, grade, and cell classification. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to [)UCti\8 |n}n pipe equivalent outside diameters for pipe diameters greater than three inches (3"). The method of joining material shall be by the Thermal Butt- Fusion Method in accordance with AGTW13281. The minimum "oUkck-bu[St strength 0f the fittings shall not be less than that Ofthe pipe vvith which the fitting is to be used. B Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall b8Uf the type, size, and construction specified inthe Plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of/YWWA C-502. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: /1\ Hydrants shall have a five inch (5") (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two /2\ piSCH' non-jacket type, with flanged joint above finished grade line and with mechanical joint connection 8t the hub end for joining 8 six inch (6") ductile iron branch pipe. /3\ Hydrant operating rod Sh8|| be equipped with 8 bn3Gk8b|0 joint coinciding with the flange joint above the grade line. (4) Hydrant bury length shall be measured from the bottom Of the branch pipe connection 03 the finished ground line 8t the hydrant. /5\ Hydrants shall `' '- `' ` '` ' hose connection and one outlet nozzle for four inch (4')(|.O.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle threads shall be National Standard Fire-Hose Coupling 8orevv Threads (NFPA1S03). (6) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "0" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. (7) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage inthe base O[ barrel, Orbetween the base and b8[Fe|' unless the Special PPOViSiOn8 require that drain outlets be omitted or plugged. Page 23 (8) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counterclockwise to open. (9) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and maintenance data shall be furnished as requested by the Engineer. (10) Hydrant body bolts shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM F593 and F594, alloy group 1, 2, 3, suitable for exterior use above and below ground. Bolts shall conform to manufacturer recommendation for tensile strength and torque. C Valves and Valve Housing C1 Valve Housings Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron, High Density Polyethylene or masonry construction as specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions for the particular valve size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type units shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506. Precast Concrete Manholes shall conform to ASTM Specification C -478 suitable for HS 20 traffic loading for all units located in driving areas. Ductile or cast iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault type units shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3321. C2 Gate Valves Gate Valves shall conform to all applicable requirements of AWWA C -500 or AWWA C -509 or AWWA C -515, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified gate valves shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C -500 shall be two - faced, double disc type, with parallel seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C -509 and C -515 shall be single disc type with resilient seat bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate or valve body, and the wedge shall be ductile iron fully encapsulated with EPDM rubber, shall be symmetrical and seal equally well with flow in either direction without misalignment. All valves shall be provided with a two -inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise and mechanical joint ends. (2) All gate valves shall be non - rising stem (NRS) type furnished with O -Ring stem seals. (3) All gate valves sixteen inches (16 ") or larger in size shall be arranged for operation in the horizontal position and shall be equipped with bypass valves. (4) All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron extended type grease cases of approved design. (5) All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture cast on the valve bodies. (6) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI /AWWA C550. Page 24 (7) Al{ gate valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. C3 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves Sh8i| be rn@nUfo[tUned in conformance with all applicable PeqVin9DleDk; Of AWWA C-504 for 150 p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such supplementary requirements 8S may becovered iO the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. (1) The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile Or C8St iron with nneoh8DiC8| joint ends. (2) The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with ductile or cast disc, non-rising stem type furnished with O-ring stem 8e8|5. /3\ The butterfly valves shall be equipped with otwO-inCh SqU8Fe operating nut opening COUDt8rC|0ckvvi8e. (4) The butterfly valves shall be desired for direct burial installation. (5) All butterfly valves shall have en open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name' pressure rating and year [f manufacture On the valve bodies. (0) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and b0OD8t Sh8|| have an epoxy coating, complying with ANS|/AVVVVAC55O. /7\ All butterfly valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. 0 Water Service Pipe and Fittings Water service pipe of inches or larger inside diameter shall QOnfOnn to the requirements as Set forth under the provisions of2011.2. Water service pipe 0f less than three inches (Y) in inside diameter shall C0Df0rO to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper; PV|vethv|eD8 Pipe as per/YWVVA {}001 and ASTK4 D3350' or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings aa per oA8TK8O17M5.[)2241.D2488.D2487 and [)274O.or Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) pipe as perASTK4 F070. A8TK4 F877. and /WVVA C904. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water distribution, as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Water service piping supplied shall include D18[kiOAS indicating the type, pressure class, *BSbDg certification, and use for potable water systems. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop service boxes shall conform to the requirements of/V/VVVACO0O be as detailed in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved designations. Saddles for Polyethylene Pipe shall conform 1O the requirements 0f/WVVVAC8OO. and shall be thermal fusion polyethylene type; ductile iron with dual St8iO|eSS steel St[8pS' spring washers, bolts and washers; or stainless steel sleeve type, with stainless steel bV|ta, nuta, and spring Page 25 washers. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Spring washers shall be manufactured from type 304 stainless steel, special "spring grade ". Saddles shall include threaded outlet tapping sleeves and Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) gaskets. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast brass, having uniformity in wall thickness and strength, and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type. All threads for underground service line fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C -800. Each fitting shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Fittings for thermoplastic pipe types shall be of the same material and pressure class as the piping. Curb stop service boxes shall be gray iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or higher tensile strength and shall have at least twelve inches (12 ") of vertical adjustment for the cover depth specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. E Polyethylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C -105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F Mechanical Joint Restraints Mechanical joint restraints shall be ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 and AWWA C -600. Joint restraints shall be American, US Pipe, Star Pipe Products, or EBBA Iron Mega -Lug type, and be designed to withstand the design pressures indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Mechanical joint restraints shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated meeting the requirements of AWWA C -116. All nuts, bolts, and tie rod type restraints shall be stainless steel, corrosion - resistant coating, or coated with an owner approved rustproofing material. G Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.213 and ASTM C270. H Concrete Concrete used for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air - entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. Tracer Wire for Non - Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for use in direct burial applications. Tracer wire shall be a minimum 12 AWG copper clad steel rated to 30 volts, High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE) meeting ASTM D -1248, with designation identified on the outside of the wire casing. Page 26 2611'3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation ofPipe and Fittings Installation of ductile iron watermains and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-600, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, Installation 0f Polyvinyl Chloride (P\/C) pipe and their appurtenances shall conform 1Vthe requirements of AWWA C605, and the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyethylene Pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of /4WVVA K855 and to the bedding and b8Chƒi|| conditions specified by the Manufacturer, P|oDS' Specifications, and Special Provisions. No existing valves or hydrants shall be operated by individuals other than personnel from the City Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the City Public Works Department Sh@|| the Contractor operate valves OF hydrants. Installation of pipe and fittings shall also conform to the following general guidelines: Al Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used bv the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution Of the work. During the process of unloading delivered materials, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws O[ other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the right to reject @ny materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All nn8tehR|G Sh3U be handled C@r8fu|k/` as will prevent damage to protective CO8tngS' linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. During pipe laying operations each pipe section and shall be inspected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective G[tiVDS or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces Of each pipe section and fitting shall b8 inspected for the presence [f foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges 0[ projections, 8nd any imperfections 8V detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, o[repair. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead ofpipe placement aawill permit proper placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter ordirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position iOthe trench, and they shall Page 27 be kept clean. The watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved encasement and backfill materials. When pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the plugs shall remain in -place until the trench is pumped completely dry. When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall prevent dirt or debris from entering the existing pipe. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square -cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical tools. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any conditions. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, —to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the - limits to maintain a satisfactory joint seal in conformance with AWWA C -600 for ductile iron pipe mechanical and push -on joints, AWWA C- 605 for PVC pipe and AWWA M55 for PE pipe. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices or tie rods, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction backing or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: (1) All horizontal bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking. (2) All vertical bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. (3) Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. /4\ Hon1vvO0d blocking 8h8U not be used. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such 8 way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and FeO08iD 8CCeGSib|e for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete iO oOOfO[[n8nCe with MnC}{JT Specification Section 3401. Buttress dimensions Sh8|| be a noininOuDl of twelve inches (12") in thickness, and the minimum area, in square feet shall be as follows. PIPE TEE OR 1/32 BEND SIZE PLUG 1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/16 BEND 6" 2.0 3.1 1.6 0.8 8" 37 5.3 2.9 1.4 10" 57 8.1 4.4 2.2 12" 8.1 13.4 6.0 3.2 10" 15.1 21.4 11.6 5.9 20" 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3 2401 33.6 48.5 26.1 13.3 Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger Sized Fn8iD line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance Vn tees and crosses where the main size iS reduced 0n the run from large t0small size by use Ofreducers. All metal parts of tie rod Or Strap type restraints Sh8|| be galvanized Or coated with other approved asphaltic type rVGtppoofing. All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and vv8SherS. and all labor and enC8v8U0n required for iOSt8||8hOD Of reaction restraints shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless a specific payment item is provided in the bid proposal. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions the pipeline, including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased inpolyethylene film meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The film shall bR furnished iD tube form for installation OD pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, off- sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. The polyethylene tubing Sh@|| be installed OO the pipe prior to being |Vvvened into the trench. Tubing length Sh8|| be sufficient tO provide a nniOinnunn overlap at all joints Of one foot O[more. Overlap may be accomplished with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the pipe prior to connecting another section of pipe, or by bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and positioning the overlap rD8te[i3|. the overlap shall be secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped circumferentially around the pipe not less than three /3\turns. After encasement, the circumferential slack inthe tubing film shall be folded over ad the top of the pipe to provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold shall be held in place with Page 29 plastic adhesive tape applied at intervals of approximately three feet (3') along the pipe length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping patches cut from sheet or tubing material. At odd - shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape, after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a flat film sheet or split length of tubing by passing the sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet (2') beyond the joint area. Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting an X- shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film. After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as necessary for an odd - shaped appurtenance. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased in polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. B Connection and Assembly of Joints Where rubber gasket joints are specified, care shall be taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to insure that the units being joined have the same nominal dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make the connection when variations in nominal dimension might cause unsatisfactory joint sealing. Immediately before making the connection, the inside of the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint type. 131 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints Bla Push -On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable pry-bar or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe into the socket shall not be permitted. Page 30 B1b Mechanical Joints The last eight iOCheS(8")oftheOutSideSpi CdsUrbaCe8Ddth8hnsideb8||Surh3CeOfe@Chpip8 and appurtenance joint shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant after being thoroughly cleaned, The gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end, The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant and be placed oO the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly 8nDUDd the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall b8 installed and the nuts tightened alternately Lo the specified torque, such as10 produce equal pressure OD all parts Df the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench to within a foot-pound range Of: 45to0O for 5/8 inch bolts; 75tOSO for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 tO1O0 for 1 inch bolts; and 105tV12O for 1-1/4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts 0f the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved asphaltic type rust preventive material. BYC Flanged Joints Flanged joints shall be installed only in above grade or exposed locations and shall conform to the requirements of/A8WAC115 Specifications, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Flanged joints shall have full face gaskets. B2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints B2a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded t0 the inner wall Ofthe gasket recess Of the bell socket. Installation Of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall COnfOnn to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints 8S set forth under the provisions Of2011.3B1a. B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints Polyethylene pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-906, and shall be made by the Thermal Butt-Fusion Method, K8eCh8Dic8| Flange Adaptor Meth0d, Mechanical Joint Adaptor Method and Mechanical Transition Fittings. Mechanical joints Sh8U include stainless GheR( pipe stiffeners. Compression fittings are not allowed for pipe di8D1ehenG greater than two inches /2"\ in diameter. B4Tracer Wire for N Pipe Tracer wire Sh@U be installed along the length of all non-conductive O1@iO|inG pipes, kate[8|S' and services with vertical riser to the surface, atgate valve boxes, hydrants, curb boxes, and/or utility location boxes Gs required bv the Special P[OvGi0nS. Tracer wire shall bB taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Page 31 Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12 ") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. C Water Service Installations Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed as required by in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, in accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations together with the provisions hereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as building corners, lot corner markers, hydrants, gate valves, etc. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber four by four inch (4 "x4 "), eight feet (8') long set vertically into the ground with the top two feet (2') painted blue. Approved record keeping forms will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall normally be installed by trenching and be subject to the same requirements as prescribed for the main pipeline installation, except for those which may not be pertinent or applicable. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary service lines, installation shall be such as to maintain the minimum specified clearances between pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. Water service lines shall be installed to provide a minimum of six inches (6 ") of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines Tee branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall have rubber gasketed push -on or mechanical joints. Tee branch service lines shall be provided as required by the Plans. Installation of tee branch service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations. C2 Tapped Service Lines Service piping shall be of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise specified, minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch (1 ") nominal inside diameter. Larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Installation of service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations, subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set forth hereinafter. Page 32 Installation of tapped service lines shall be performed while the mainline watermain is at system operating pressure. Dry tapping vvat8mnain pipe will not beallowed. Unless otherwise indicated, service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. However, when specified or ordered, aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe covering, or b3Ckfi||SUppOrt. Tapped service piping 0f three quarters inch (3/4") t0 and including one and one quarter inches (1 1/4") in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe nf one and one half inches (1-1/2") in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard nD|| lengths to 8|i0iD8t8 any intermediate joints. When full rO|| lengths are less than the service length the rO||G may be joined with approved couplings. Unless otherwise specified, connection Of tapped service lines tO the vv8terD8iO shall bemade at an 8OQ|e Of not more than twenty two /22\ degrees from the horizontal. /\ double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed 0Da straight |iRe8\ right 8ngkes to the wate[maiD or property line as directed by the Engineer. In the absence of specific requirements, the service line shall be terminated 8t the property line, where it shall be QQOO8Cted to an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped pn}pGdv, it shall be capped, plugged, O[ peened aG approved by the Engineer. The flaring of new copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designed for the purpose. Tubing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall b8 made Vp without the use 0f jointing compounds. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum cover. The service box shall be connected to or centered over the curb stop and be firmly supported on concrete blocking as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Clearance shall b8 provided sVthe service box does not rest On the water pipe. Service boxes 8h8|| be installed plumb. The service boxes shall be brought to proper surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Valves, hydrants, fittings, and specials shall be provided and installed 8G required bv the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions with the exact locations and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, [8@CtiOn backing, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions oras otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with six inch (6 ") diameter pipe, controlled by an independent valve. When a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material to a level six inches (6 ") above the drain outlet. MnDOT 3733 geotextile Type V, or other material approved by the Engineer, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet drain hole plugged or the drain tube cut off to prevent draining, and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use ". Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Valve box adaptors for use to stabilize the valve box in a centered position over the valve wrench nut shall include a rubber gasket between the adaptor plate and valve body. The adaptor shall be epoxy coated conforming to the requirements for fittings in section 02611.2A1, or as otherwise allowed by the plans, specifications and special provisions. Gate valve box adaptors shall be incidental to the valve box unless otherwise provided in the bid proposal. Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with the applicable provisions of these Specifications. Drainage blow -offs, air vents, and other special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable blow -off facilities. E Disinfection of Watermains Before being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C -651. After the final flushing of watermain, the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Where an existing watermain is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows: (1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. (2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a one percent (1 %) minimum hypochlorite solution. Page 34 Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special prDviskJnG,theCODtr8ctOr shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form pfchlorine and method Of application tOb8 used shall be subject t0 approval by the Engineer. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all watermains to ensure continuous conductivity for the purpose of tn]CiOA vv8t8nn8in for utility |OC8dOn. Sufficient conductivity ShG|| be provided to 3||Ovv for the |OC8UOn ofwater0oiO. S8n/iC8G' hydrant |8Gds' and |8t8r3|S for mainline segments at least one thousand two hundred /1,2OO\ linear feet inlength G Hydrostatic Testing of Wa%ermmaims After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all id pipe 0rany section between valves thereof, unless directed otherwise bx the Engineer, shall b8 subject tO hydrostatic pressure of one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be8t least two /2\hours. Each section Vf pipe b}bB tested shall bo filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air 0rt]fill thevvaternnaiO Sh8U be supplied and installed by the Contractor and shall be three quarters inch (3/4") and shall include an approved service saddle when required. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall bO connected tO the main 8t8 service tap 0r special tap location. The pressure gauge shall be8 standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0-20Opsi and have a dial size 0f four and one half inches (4|6") with one (1) psi increments. The hydrostatic test, preSSUp8 requirement for an acceptable test Sh8|| be 8 nnaxinOV[D prDSSUne drop 0f two /2\ psi during the last hour Of the two /2\ hour pressure test. If this test requirement C@nDOt be nlR[ the Contractor shall investigate the C8USe, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can bemet. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Engineer, may the Contractor request in writing and the Engineer consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pn8GSUn8 teSt, for the section being tested. Final 8CC8p[8RQe shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. When allowed, the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C-600, Section 4.1.5, 4.1.6 and the line will be accepted as per Section 4.1.7. Page 35 H Operational Inspection At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Payment shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any item covered by a separate pay item. Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of tee or Wye branch service connections, and center of corporation stop or curb stop couplings. B Valves Valves of each size and type will be measured separately as complete units, including the required manhole or valve box setting. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the watermain tap and saddle. D Curb Stops Curb stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box. E Hydrants Hydrants will be measured by the number of units installed. F Air Vents Air vents of each type and size will be measured separately by the number of complete units installed, including the required manhole or valve box setting. Page 36 G Polyethylene Encasemment Polyethylene encasement of pipe will be measured by the linear foot of pipe encased of each specified size. H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings shall he measured bv the pound without joint accessories Or Onan each basis os specified On the Proposal O[inthe Special Provisions. Joint accessories including tie [UdS' joint restraints, nuts and bolts Sh8U be incidental 0J the vv@terD8in Un|eSS otherwise provided on the Proposal 0rin the Special Provisions. The standard weight of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in/YWVVAC-153 and C-1 10, respectively. I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride OrPolyethylene fittings shall be measured 0n8D each basis @S specified and shown On the Proposal orin the Special Provisions. i Access Structures Access structures, such aSvalve bOn88' service boxes, manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific items therefore. Otherwise, the required structures are included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance /Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is S8n/8d. When applicable, measurement will beby the number 0f individual units installed Of each type and design. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for construction of water distribution facilities will be made 8G detailed iD the method of measurement and as shown on the Bid Proposal or detailed in the Special Provisions. Payment shall include all costs of furnishing and installing the complete facility aO required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Payment shall be made for VV8{e[08in Pipe, Service Pipe, and Tapped Service Pipe, Ofeach Size and kind at the appropriate CODtn@{t prices per linear foot installed All costs Of pipeline disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead end plugs and caps, m8hiOQ connections to existing facilities, blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for proper installation of pipe as specified shall be included for payment as part of the pipe item, without any direct compensation being made therefore unless specific pay items are included 0D the Proposal. Payment Sh8}i be made for Valves, Corporation Sk}pS' Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement, Insulation, and other specially identified appurtenant items, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and type or kind installed. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items only when separate pay items are included on the Proposal. Page 37 Payment for rearrangement of in -place facilities or vertical offset of proposed facilities shall be made under specially named items at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure and shall be compensation in full for all costs of performing the work as specified. All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made therefore, unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Watermain connections shall be paid per each connection to new watermain. All necessary labor, materials, and work required to make the connection shall be included in the price per each as provided in the bid proposal. Installation of tracer wire for thermoplastic and other non - conductive pipe materials shall be considered incidental with no direct compensation made thereto, except where noted otherwise. Page 38 SECTION 2621—STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items 8Gspecified. The use Ofthe term "Pk]RS' Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references tOMO[)OT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition Ofthe Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", and all supplements and amendments thereto published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references t0 other Specifications Of/\/\SHT{}' /\STM, /\N0, /4/VVVA' etc. Gh8U Dl8Bn the latest published edition available On the date Of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: /V\GHTOK8198 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants AA8Hl-OK8294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 3OO-t015OO-nnnn/12- k}00-in.\Diameter ASTK4A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings A87-MA74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings A8TPW A798 Standard Practice for Installing Factory Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications ASTM C12 Standard Practice for |OGL8||ing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines ASTM C78 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and G8vv8[ Pipe ASTyWC270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTMC3O1 Standard Test Methods for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTyW C301 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pnseauna Pipe ASTM C425 Standard Specification for Compression Joints for VCP and Fittings ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets AS'TM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections A8TW1D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM C564 Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings A8lFM {}700 Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Fzipe, Extra Stnangth, Standard Stnegth. and Perforated A@TK4 C909 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfi|t[ationAccept8DC8 Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines AGTK4 O2321 Standard Practice for Underground |ne[a||eii0n of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications A3TM D2751 Standard Specification for ABS pipe and Fittings A8TK4O3034 Standard Specification for PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings Page 39 ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM D3262 Standard Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Sewer Pipe ASTM D3839 Standard Guide for Underground Installation of "Fiberglass" (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe ASTM D4161 Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Specification for Large- Diameter PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F1417 Standard Practice for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Non pressure Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air ASTM F2736 Standard Specification for 6 to 30 in. (152 To 762 mm) Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe And Double Wall Pipe ASTM F2764 Standard Specification for 30 to 60 in. [750 to 1500 mm] Polypropylene (PP) Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement - Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings AWWA C110 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings AWWA C111 American National Standard for Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Standard for Protective Fusion - Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings AWWA C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe AWWA C151 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast AWWA C153 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service AWWA C550 Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. Page 40 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be as indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM M -65 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non - perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell- and - spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C- 425. (3) In lieu of the bell -and- spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C -425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHT4 52;65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and /or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C1 16/A21.16, with 6 -8 mil nominal thickness. Page 41 (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high- strength, low - alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI /AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity, when required by the Special Provisions, shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C -76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O -ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C -361, and ASTM C443. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated Steel (CS) Pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2501, 2503, and 3226 (CS) Pipe for the application, type, size and sheet thickness specified. Joints for joining CS Pipe shall be the band type or bell /spigot type, soil -tight and watertight, with preformed gasket seals meeting MnDOT 3726. Fittings and bands for joining pipe sections shall be of the same material and thicknesses as the mainline pipe. Specialty coatings for the pipe shall be as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D- 3034 and ASTM F -679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D -543. Pipe fittings shall be of the same class and grade as specified for the pipe, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions. Page 42 Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push - on with elastomeric gasket joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.2 A3 for watermain class pipe. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F -949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push -on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D -3212 and ASTM F477. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A -74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push -on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C -564. A7 Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile- Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D -2751 and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push -on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D -3212 and ASTM F477. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual -Wall and Triple -Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (PE /HDPE) for gravity sewers shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M -294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12 ") through sixty inch (60 "). Joints shall be bell and spigot push -on type, soil -tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Solid wall HDPE for pressure and gravity sewer pipes shall meet the requirements of 2611.2A4. A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP /GRP) for gravity sewers shall meet requirements of ASTM D3262 for Glass- Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin pipe, such as reinforced thermosetting - resin pipe (RTRP) and reinforced polymer mortar pipe (RPMP; natural polymers not included) for use in gravity -flow systems. The pipe shall be manufactured with polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this application. Page 43 The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade E -glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. Sand used to manufacture the pipe and fittings shall be minimum ninety eight percent (98 %) silica sand with a maximum moisture content of two tenths of a percent (0.2 %). Pipe resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents, etc., when used, shall not detrimentally effect the performance of the products. Gaskets shall be supplied by approved gasket manufacturers and be suitable for the service intended. Minimum pressure rating of gaskets shall be two hundred fifty (250) psi. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets made of EPDM rubber compound to provide watertight joints meeting the requirements of ASTM D4161. Joints at tie -ins, when needed, may utilize fiberglass, gasket - sealed closure couplings. Fittings shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass - fiber - reinforced overlays. Properly protected standard ductile iron, fusion - bonded epoxy- coated steel and stainless steel fittings are allowed unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions. The actual outside diameter (eighteen inch (18 ") to forty eight inch (48 ")) of the pipes shall be in accordance with ASTM D3262. Other pipe diameter OD's shall be per manufacturer's literature. Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths of twenty feet (20') except where noted otherwise on the drawings. Actual laying length shall be nominal ±1/4 inches. At least ninety percent (90 %) of the total footage of each size and class of pipe, excluding special order lengths, shall be furnished in nominal length sections. Pipe ends shall be square to the longitudinal pipe axis with a maximum tolerance of eight inch (1/8 "). Pipe shall be marked identifying each pipe with the name of manufacturer, plant location, code date of manufacturer, nominal pipe size, pipe stiffness designation and ASTM D3262. Service lateral connections (wye, tee, bend) to the sanitary sewer shall be as recommended by the main line sewer pipe manufacturer recommendation. All Polypropylene Pipe Corrugated Polypropylene Pipe (PP) for gravity sewers shall be Dual -Wall (six inch (6 ") to thirty inch (30 ") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2736 and Triple Wall (thirty inch (30 ") to sixty inch (60 ") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2764. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot push - on type, soil -tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477., and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M -294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12 ") through sixty inch (60 "). Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Page 44 Al 2 Tracer Wire for Pipe Tracer wire Sh8U be installed 8k}Dg the length of all noD-CODduCtk/8 mainline pipe' |8ten3|S, and SenjcSS with mB[UC8| riser to the surface, 81 rD8DhO|eS, catch baains. StubS, k]her8|8. services, and/or Ud|ib/ location boxes as required by the 8p8Ci8| Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch /12"\ tracer wire loop shall b8 provided on each side Of8 spliced connection. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies Or dimensions, details, weights, 8ndC1asSSh8Ub8@Sindkc@tad in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified, Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall b8 Class 3UO[better. (2) Lid-h}-fra[ne surfaces 0D round casting assemblies shall b8 machine milled h} provide true bearing around the entire circumference. (3) Casting weight shall be not less than ninety five percent (95%) of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimensions, based on four hundred forty two (442) pounds per cubic foot. /4\ A Certificate of Compliance Sh8|| be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes shall have self-sealing lids and concealed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements [fAGTK8 C-478, W1DC>C)T250Oand the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections Sh8|| be tongue and groove with rubber "0" ring or profile gaskets. (3) Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with ogaGketed. f|eXib|e, watertight cVnneCbOO' watertight boot, or any watertight connection arrangement approved by the Engineer that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. Page 45 (4) Air - entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of five (5) to seven (7) percent ( %). (5) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (6) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.213 and ASTM C270. E Concrete Concrete used for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air - entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to handle and install all pipe and appurtenances as recommended by the manufacturer, Engineer, Plans, Specifications, and the Special Provisions. Installation of PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.3 for watermain class pipe. Al Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions Page 46 that may need corrective action Orbe cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions O[order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces Of each pipe section and fitting shall b8 inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough RdQ8S Or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying andjOining[fUheuDU3atth8pr8SChbedg[8d88ndalignment without unnecessary deviation O[hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, he|| and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved baCkfi|| material. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment, deflections 81 joints 9h8U not exceed that which will 8SGu[e watertight joints and Sh@|| comply with the pipe manufacturer recommendations. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented @t all times 0J the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe Sh8U COnfOn0 t0 /\STK4 D-2321; FRP/GRP pipe to /\STM D3839, and the manufacturers' recommendations; ASTM A798 for CS pipe. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and b8 fully closed. Spigot ends shall b9 marked 8S necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints 8h8U be soil tight and vvGt0MbQht in all sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe. A4 Bulkhemding Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall bSbU|khead8dbvapproved methods prior tob8ckfUiOg. Unless otherwise specified oF approved, all openings of twenty four inches (24^) iD diameter Dr less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs Or caps and all openings larger than twenty four inches (24")iD diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Page 47 Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches (8 "). Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two inch (2 ") timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three (3) sections tied. Two (2) tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the sixty (60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 1/2 inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee or Wye fitting in a pipe cut -out where specified. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than fifteen (15) feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch (I") in four feet (4') (two percent (2 %)) for sanitary service lines and one Page 48 inch (1 ") in eight feet (8') (one percent (1 %)) for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one -half (1/2) pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed twenty two and one half (22 -1/2) degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a four inch by four inch (4" x 4 ") wooden timber six feet (6') to eight feet (8') in length embedded four feet (4') below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top two feet (2') painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut -out method in the absence of a built -in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee or Wye fitting. The pipe cut -out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut -out as required for proper fit. The cut -out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") and as may be shown in the standard drawings. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built - in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than twenty four inches (24 ") above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than twenty four inches (24 "), the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast -in -place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, and cone section shall all be of precast concrete. Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed with precast concrete integral base with pre- formed invert barrel section and with watertight boots at all pipe locations. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Manholes and catch basin structures shall be fabricated to provide a twelve inch (12 ") or sixteen inch (16 ") barrel section immediately below the cone or top slab whenever possible. Page 49 Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two -inch (2 ") precast concrete or high density polyethylene adjusting immediately below the casting assembly. Sanitary manhole adjustment rings and casting flange shall be fitted with specified method /materials as indicated in the Special Provisions to reduce inflow and infiltration. Storm sewer manhole and drainage structure adjustment rings and casting flange shall be wrapped with a Type 2 Geotextile fabric meeting MnDOT 3733. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of forty eight inches (48 ") minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans Concrete cast -in -place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast -in -place concrete. Any combination of cast -in -place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. All manhole and catch basin structure doghouses shall be completely filled with mortar, concrete masonry, or concrete to completely seal the pipes into the structure wall. When formed inverts are specified, the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow invert troughs. When connecting to an existing sanitary sewer manhole without an existing opening for sewer pipe, the Contractor shall be required to core -drill an opening of the correct size and elevation for the proposed sanitary sewer facility. The Contractor shall set the connecting pipe through the full thickness of the wall flush with the inner face of the wall. Connection to the structure shall be made with a watertight joint, by means of a rubberized boot. The Contractor shall ensure the flow line of the manhole is constructed in a manner to provide steady flow from the new sanitary line to the existing sanitary line. The flow line and the core - drilled hole are to be grouted smooth. The Contractor shall install a plug in the connecting pipe once the connection is complete and construction has advanced to the next manhole to prevent rainwater or sediment from entering the existing system. The plug shall be removed once all the proposed sanitary sewer mains on the project have been installed, tested, inspected, and approved. E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. Page 50 If the ground water level ks greater than three feet above the invert elevation Of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu ofthe erh|tr8hOOtBstiDg. in which C8Se the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes aarequired. El Air Test Method EY@ Gravity Sewers All gravity sanitary sewer lines, including service CODDeCtiODS' Sh8U be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer 8h3}| be subjected to SXfi|t[8tiOO testing by theA8TyW F1417 (low pressure air) test method reQ8nd|8SS of pipe material. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage Sh8|| be met as o condition for acceptance Of the sewer section represented by the test. All testing shall be performed by the Oonb3Ct0[ without any direct cVnlpBOS3UOO being made therefore, and the Contractor GhoU furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the time Of testing but the pipe may bH wetted. Pneumatic b8||S shall be used to plug the pipe ends at Dl8DhO|8S. LOVv pF8SSUne air shall be introduced to the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches three and one half (3.5) psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two /2\ minutes shall be 8||Ovv8d for the air temperature to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs tO detect plug leakage. |f plugs are found tD leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be r8tighhBned' and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer section under test will be accepted 8S having passed the air leakage test when the rate of air loss as measured by pressure drop, does not exceed a specified amount in a specified time. Pressure drop may b8 determined by using the table below, Or calculated byuse Of the formulas provided below. Page 51 TABLE Minimum Specified Time Required for a 0.5 psig Pressure Drop for Size and Length of Pipe Indicated for Q = 0.0015 CFM /SF Pipe Minimum Length for Time for Diameter ! Time Min. Time increased Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (Min:Sec) (Inches) (Min:Sec) (Feet) Length (Sec) 100 Ft. 150 Ft. 200 Ft. 250 Ft. 300 Ft. 350 Ft. 400 Ft. 450 Ft. 4' 1:53 597 0.190 L 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 6 2:50 398 0.427 L 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:51. 3:12 8 3:47 298 0.760 L 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:48 4:26 5:04 5:42 10 4:4? 239 1.187 L 4:43 4:43 4:43 4:57 5:56 6:55 7:54 8:54 12 5:40 199 1.709 L 5:40 5:40 5:42 7:08 8:33 9:58 11:24 12:50 15 7:05 159 2.671 L 7:05 7:05 8:54 11:08 13:21 15:35 17:48 20:02 18 8:30 133 3.846 L 8:30 9:37 12:49 16:01 19:14 22:26 25:38 28:51 21 9:55 114 5.235 L 9:55 13:05 17:27 21:49 28:11 30:32 34:54 39:16 24 11:20 99 6.837 L 11:24 17:57 22:48 28:30 34:11 39:53 45:35 51:17 *27 12:45 88 8.653 L 14:25 21:38 28:51 36:04 43:18 50:30 57:42 64:54 *30 14:10 80 10.683 L 17:48 26:43 35:37 44:31 53:25 62:19 71:131 80:07 *33 15:35 72 12.926 L 21:33 32:19 43:56 53:52 64:38 75:24 86:10 96:57 *36 17:00 66 15.384 L 25:39 38:28 51:17 64:06 76:55 89:44 102:34 115:23 *NOTE - Consult with pipe and appurtenance manufacturer for maximum test pressure for pipe size greater than twenty four inches (24 ") in diameter. The formula below calculates the specified minimum time required for a 1.00 psig pressure drop from a starting pressure of 3.5 psig to a final pressure of 2.5 psig using a leakage rate of 0.0015 cubic feet/minute /square foot of internal surface. Calculate all test times by the following formula: T= 0.085 DK/Q where: T = shortest time allowed for the air pressure to drop 1.0 psig, sec. K = 0.000419 DL but not less than 1.0, Q = leak rate = 0.0015 CFM /SF, D = measured average inside diameter of sewer pipe, in., and L = length of test section, ft. E2 Hydrostatic Test Method E2a Gravity Sewers After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the sewer at the upstream manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet (3') above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one (1) hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one (1) hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the test Page 52 period, the measured water |VsG vviUliO the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed an infiltration / exfiltration rate of thirty five (35) gallons / inch diameter / mile / day. If DleaSume[OeOtS indicate exfi|tr8hOn within a test action section is not greater than the 8|lDvvab|e maximum, the section will be accepted @s passing the test. E2b Pressure Sewers For sewers designated as pressure pipe sewers, the sewer shall be subjected to hvdn]St8hC testing Under 2011.3G Hydrostatic Testing Of VVat8rDl@inS' except the hydrostatic testing p[SSSuFe Sh8|| be two (2) times the rn8xinluOn design operating pressure, but not less than one hundred /1O0\pSig and the duration Of the test shall be one hour. E3 Test Failure and Remedy |n the event Of test failure oO any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. F Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been b8CkfUBdhJ the desired finished grade and has been in place for thirty (3O) days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling 8 rigid ball O[ nine-point mandrel (MOOOT Technical K8eDlOr8ndurn 90-24-B-01 or latest revision) through the pipe without the aid Of mechanical pulling devices. The b8|| or mandrel nh8|| have a rniDiDluno diameter equal to ninety five percent /95%\ of the 8Ctu8| inside diameter of the pipe. The 08ximVnl 8||OvvGb|e deflection shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefore, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and nnate[i8|S required. F1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval Cfthe Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein, All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall beat the Contractor's expense. Page 53 G Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete -in -place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with in -place pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification ", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in- place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than eight feet (8') measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the eight feet (8') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in- place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than five feet (6) measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the five feet (6) allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. Page 54 D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections Of each design wiUbe[D88SVredbx|iDe@[fOOtCOOStnJctedCnnnp|eie- in-p|808,@ndSh8UindUd8gn3nU|8rencoseDQeDt, fittings, any special pipiOgReqUi[ed,iOdUdiOg coring holes and watertight boots for existing manholes for the drop connection. M8DSuP8nnent shall b8 made vertically from the invert [f the lower outside drop invert h] the upper outside drop invert. E Service Connection Service Connections Vf each design will be measured bv number 0f each constructed 0Ornp!8[e- in-p|omaasnoeoifiad. F Service Pipe 88n/iCe pipe of each design will be measured SHpa[8t8|y by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required tnbe installed 8S8 component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed CO0p|8{8-iD-pl8C88Sspecified. 2621'5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items 8t the Contract prices per linear foot 0f pipe Of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures 89 specified, 8tthe Contract prices per structure, shall Ue compensation iO full for all costs Of constructing each unit CO[Dp|e18-iO-p|8ce as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work ag may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, Or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately ao linear footage items Page 55 and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not oao component part Of8 COQ0p/ete-iD-place 8tnJ[tUr8 (outside drop COOneCti0Ds. service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials aadeei naiedwiUbepaidforas separate Contract Items 0othe extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Page 56 SECTION 2631CUPPS—STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (C[PPS) 2631'1 CUPPS DESCRIPTION A General This work shall consist of the rehabilitation of pipelines and conduits by the installation of8 resin-impregnated flexible tube Cu[8d-|D-PhaCe Pipe System (C|PPS). The rehabilitation of pipelines shall be constructed by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube which, when cured, shall b8continuous and tight-fitting throughout the entire length Of the original pipe. The CIPP shall extend the full length of the original pipe and provide a structurally sound, joint |8SS and watertight new pipe within the existing pipe. The Contractor is responsible for proper, 3CCuc8te and complete inSt@||aUOD of the {}|PP using the system selected by the Contractor. Neither the C|PP system, nor its installation, shall cause adverse effects t0 any downstream facilities, The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental oOnnp0uOdS O[ by-products that may affect downstream structures, pupS, pipe, equipment and wastewater treatment facilities. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and identify any by- products produced as 8 neSU|t of the installation operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. The Contractor shall cleanup, restore existing surface conditions and structures, and repair any Of the C|PPsystem determined to be defective. The Contractor shall conduct installation operations and schedule cleanup in a manner to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic, pedestrians, businesses, and residents. The use 0fthe term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to nl88O those documents which compliment, rDOdifv. Or clarify these specifications and are aD enforceable component Of the Contract Documents. All references tOMn[][)T Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", and all supplements and 8rDend[n8ntS thereto, published prior to the date 0f advertisement for bids. All references tO other Specifications Of/\ASHT{}'AGTM. ANSI, AA/VVA` etc. shall mean the latest published edition available On the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced iO this Specification: ASTM - F1 216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing Of8 Resin-impregnated Tube ASTM - F1 743 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pull in and inflate and Curing of8 Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM'D543 Standard and Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTyW-D038 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties nfPlastics Page 57 ASTM - D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Un- reinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM - D792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by displacement. ASTM - F2019 -03 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured -in- Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM - D2122- 98(2004) Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM - D2990 Standard Test Methods for Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep- Rupture of Plastics ASTM - D5813 Standard Specification for Cured -in Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe B Qualifications The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the design of the liner pipe. The Contractor shall guarantee that the installed liner is capable of sustaining outside loads, resist chemical attack that normally occurs in sanitary and storm sewer systems, and will maintain hydraulic characteristics over a fifty (50) year design life. Unless provided otherwise in the plans or Special Provisions, the existing sewer pipe shall be considered to be in a fully deteriorated condition, is not structurally sound, and cannot support soil and live loads. The cured -in -place pipe shall be designed to support hydraulic, soil, and live loads. The sewer products are intended to have a fifty (50) year or greater design life, and in order to minimize the Owner's risk, only proven products with substantial successful long term track records will be approved. B1 Manufactured Products and Installation Contractors must meet all of the following criteria: a. For a Product to be considered acceptable, a minimum of 100,000 linear feet or two hundred fifty (250) manhole -to- manhole line sections of successful wastewater collection system installations in the U.S. must be documented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition, at least 50,000 linear feet of the product shall have been in successful service within the State for a minimum of five (5) years. b. The Contractor's personnel must satisfy all insurance, financial, and bonding requirements of the Owner, and must have had at least 5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid. In addition, the Contractor's personnel must have successfully installed at least 100,000 feet of the same product bid. The Field Supervisor /Foreman shall have a minimum five (5) years as a foreman /superintendent for a cured -in -place lining crew (installing actual Page 58 product included with this |\, and a minimum Of 1OU,000 lineal feet Of cured-in-place |iniOg, diameters up to and including twenty-four inches (24") installed under his/her supervision. Such experience shall include the actual product, bvtrade name, COntr8O1OF pnDpOSeG t0 install. Acceptable documentation of these O0inirnUrn installations must be submitted to the Engineer. C. S8vv8r rehabilitation products submitted for approval must provide Third Party Test Results supporting the long term performance and structural strength of the product and such data shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. Test samples shall be prepared so as to simulate installation methods and trauma of the product. No product will be approved without independent third party testing verification. 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS A General All nnaheho|e required for this work Sh8U be new m8t8h8| conforming to n3quinenl8OtG of the referenced specifications for the C|8mS, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required [n8teh8|S shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited os may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, Or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. All materials shipped tO the project siteSh8||b88CC0rnp8niedbyteStrepOrtSC8rtifvingthatthe [n8t8ri3| conforms tO the A8TM standards listed herein. Materials Sh8|| be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the CIPP manufacturer to avoid d8nn80e. Damage includes but is not limited to, gOuging. abrasion, flattening, CU[Ung' puncturing, and ultra-violet (UV) degradation. All damaged materials shall b9 promptly removed from the project site8tDDC0SttOtheOwn8r.C]nGitem8t8[i@|Gtorage|ocadODSSh8||be approved by the Engineer. AllCIF»PS Fabric Tube The [||PPS fabric "Tube" shall consist 0fone o[ more layers Of absorbent non-woven felt fabric, felt/fiberglass or fiberglass and meet the requirements [fAGTN1 F 1216'AST[N F 1743,AGTM D 5813 & ASTM F2019. The fabric Tube shall be capable of absorbing and carrying resins, manufactured U3withstand installation pressures and curing temperatures, have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe segments, and stretch h] fit irregular pipe sections. The fabric Tubes shall have a uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will equal the specified nominal tube thickness. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed ad installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. The fabric tube shall be manufactured to a size and length that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for Page 59 circumferential stretching during installation. The tube shall be properly sized to the diameter of the existing pipe and the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. The Contractor shall determine the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated run between manholes. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The Contractor shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight- fitted condition. Overlapped layers of felt in longitudinal seams that cause lumps in the final product shall not be allowed. The minimum length of the fabric tube shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting manhole to the terminating manhole or access point, plus that amount required to run -in and run -out for the installation process. The outside and /or inside layer of the fabric tube (before inversion /pull -in, as applicable) shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin and facilitate, if applicable, vacuum impregnation and monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin impregnation (wet -out) procedure. No material shall be included in the fabric tube that may cause de- lamination in the cured CIPP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. The tube shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layers. No materials shall be included in the tube that is subject to delamination in the CIPPS. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin lean areas. Seams in the fabric tube, if applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM D5813. The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every five feet (6) with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP system, manufacturing lot and production footage. The nominal fabric tube wall thickness shall be constructed to the nearest 0.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness for that section of installed CIPP. Wall thickness transitions, in 0.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The quantity of resin used in the impregnation shall be sufficient to fill all of the felt voids for the nominal felt thickness. The resin shall be a corrosion resistant polyester or vinyl ester resin and catalyst system that when properly cured within the tube composite meets the requirements of ASTM F1216, ASTM F1743 or F2019, the physical properties herein, and those, which are to be utilized in the design of the CIPP for this application. The resin shall produce CIPP which will comply with or exceed the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification. Page 60 A2C;PPS Structural Requirements The physical properties and characteristics Ofthe finished liner will vary considerably, depending OD the types and mixing proportions Of the materials used, and the degree 0fcure executed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to cVOtFD| these variables and to provide a CIPP system which meets or exceeds the minimum properties specified herein: 1. The C|PP shall be designed aepmrASTlNstanderda.The{}|PPdeoi nshaUassurne no bonding to the original pipevvo|i 2. The design engineer shall set the long term (fifty (50) year extrapolated) Creep Retention Factor atthirty three percent (3396) of the initial design flexural modulus as determined hv/\8TK8[}-7Q0 test method. This value shall be used unless the Contractor submits long term test data (ASTK8D288O) t0 substantiate 8higher retention factor. 3. The layers of the cured {}|PP shall be uOUbrD|y bonded. It Gh8U not be possible to separate any two (2) layers with 8 probe Or point of knife h|8d8 so that the |8y8nG separate C|8on|y or the probe Or knife blade DlDveS freely between the layers. If separation 0f the layers occurs during testing of field samples, new samples will b8 cut from the work. Any reoccurrence may cause rejection Vf the work. Minimum Physical Properties: The cured pipe nnoteha| (C||PP)Sh8}[ at rniOiDluDl' meet or exceed the structural properties, as listed in the table below. The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties i{SLed above and in accordance with the Design Eou@UOOS in the appendix OfAGTK4 F 1218. and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor 2.0 (1.5 For Pipes 36" Or Larger) Cured Cured Composite Property Test Method Composite Per Per Design Groundwater Depth As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans ASTM F1216 As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Flexural Modulus Of Elasticity (Short ASTM D- 250,000 Psi Contractor Value Term) 790 1 1 Flexural Strength (Short Term) ASTM D- 4,500 Psi Contractor Value The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties i{SLed above and in accordance with the Design Eou@UOOS in the appendix OfAGTK4 F 1218. and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor 2.0 (1.5 For Pipes 36" Or Larger) Creep Retention Factor 33% Ovality 2% Or As Measured By Field Inspection Constrained Soil Modulus Per AASHTO LRFD Section 12 And AWWA Manual M45 Groundwater Depth As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Soil Depth (Above The Crown) As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Live Load H20 High ay Soil Load (Assumed) 120 Lb/Cu. Ft. Minimum Service Life 50 Years The Contractor shall submit, prior to installation of the lining materials, certification of compliance with these specifications and/or the requirements of the pre-approved CIPP system. Page 61 Certified material test results shall be included that confirm that all materials conform to these specifications. Materials not complying with these requirements will be rejected. CIPP Short- Liners or segmental liners shall be of the same materials and meet the structural requirements of the full CIPP Tube liner. A3 Material Testing Requirements 1. Chemical Resistance - The CIPP shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216, Appendix X2. CIPP samples for testing shall be of tube and resin system similar to that proposed for actual construction. It is required that CIPP samples with and without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. 2. Hydraulic Capacity - Overall, the hydraulic profile shall be maintained as large as possible. The CIPP shall have a minimum of the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using a commonly accepted roughness coefficient for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. 3. CIPP Field Samples - When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit test results from field installations in the USA of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation. These test results must verify that the CIPP physical properties specified in above have been achieved in previous field applications. Samples for this project shall be made and tested as described herein. 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall clean the interior of the existing host pipe prior to installation of the CIPP liner. All debris and obstructions that will affect the installation and the final CIPP product shall be removed and disposed of. The CIPP liner shall be constructed of materials and methods, that when installed, shall provide a joint less and continuous structurally sound liner able to withstand all imposed static and dynamic loads on a long -term basis. A Installation of CIPPS Al Access It will be the responsibility of the Owner to locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Contractor shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed time period. Traffic Control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall conform to the latest revision of the MMUTCD and other provisions of this specification herein. The Contractor shall keep the roadway open to traffic at all times unless given prior approval by the Engineer. A2 Water Usage Water is available from the City at designated locations for cleaning, inversion, and other work items requiring water. Use of an approved double check backflow assembly shall be required. The Contractor shall provide his own approved assembly. The Contractor may use City water Page 62 but shall inform the Public Works Department of such use and obtain a meter for documenting water usage. No fees will be charged for water. A3 Cleaning mVSewer Lines The Contractor 8h8|( remove all int8nl8| debris from the pipe line that will interfere with the iOSt8U8UOD and the final p[OdUCi delivery of the C|PP as required in these GDeuifiC@tkJDS. Solid debris and deposits shall be removed from the system and disposed of properly by the COOt[8[1O[. Moving material from [n8nhO|e section to manhole section shall not be 8||Ovved. AS applicable the contractor shall either plug or install a flow bypass pumping system to properly clean the pipe lines. The Contractor shall ensure that no debris is transferred downstream during cleaning operations. The Contractor shall use a vacuum vehicle Or similar means tV remove debris during cleaning operations. Precaution shall b8 taken, by the Contractor inthe use of cleaning equipment to avoid damage to the existing pipe. The repair of any damage, C@uG8d by the cleaning equipment, Sh8|| be the responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal of the cleaning debris shall be in accordance with local, State and Federal Law and shall be incidental to the C|PPS. A4 Bypassing VVas%emater The Contractor shall provide 8 by-pass for the flow Uf existing mainline and service connection effluent around the S8cbOO or sections of pipe designated for C|PP installation. }DSt@U8bOD of the liner shall not begin until the Contractor has installed a sewage by-pass system and all pumping facilities have been installed and tested under full operating conditions including the bypass of mainline and side sewer flows. Once the lining process has begun, existing sewage flows shall be nRGint8in8d, uDU| the neSiD/fe|ttube composite is fully cured, cooled down, fully televised and the CIPP ends finished. The Contractor shall coordinate sewer bypass and flow interruptions with the Engineer 8t least fourteen (14) days }nadvance and with the property owners and businesses at least three (3) business days in advance. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle peak flows. The Contractor shall submit a detail of the bypass plan and design to the Engineer prior to proceeding with any CIPP installation. Compensation for by-pass pumping and all associated plans and approvals shall be included in the price bid fOrC|PPS Installation. A5 Inspection of Pipelines Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections hv closed circuit television. The interior Of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location of any conditions which may prevent proper installation Of the C|PPS into the pipelines and it shall be noted 8o that these conditions can be corrected. A videotape and suitable log shall be kept for later reference by the Owner. The Owner has copies of a video inspection of the sewers to be relined, and these are available for prospective bidders. However, since the deterioration of sewer isan ongoing process, and roots, solids, and deposits can accumulate over time, the Contractor shall base the design of the liner on inspections made immediately prior to iOSt8||8UOn. A6 Line Obstructions |t shall be the responsibility Ofthe Contractor to clear the line Of obstructions such as solids and roots that will prevent the insertion VfC|PP. |f pre-installation inspection reveals anobstruction such as a protruding service connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the Page 63 inversion process, that was not evident on the pre -bid video and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, if directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall make a point repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of the work and shall be considered as a separate pay item. A7 Public Notification The Contractor shall make every effort to maintain service usage throughout the duration of the project. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of no service shall be eight (8) hours for any property served by the sewer. A public notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business connected to the sanitary sewer and informing them of the work to be conducted, and when the sewer will be off -line. The Contractor shall also provide the following: 1. Written notice to be delivered to each home or business the day prior to the beginning of work being conducted on the section, and a local telephone number of the Contractor they can call to discuss the project or any problem which could arise. 2. Personal contact with any home or business, which cannot be reconnected within the time stated in the written notice. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service connections prior to installing and curing the CIPP. A8 Liner Installation CIPP installation shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM standards with the following modifications: The wet -out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of installation. The tube should be pulled -in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access point and fully extend to the next designated manhole or termination point. If pulled into place, a power winch should be utilized and care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of pull -in friction. 2. Prior to installation and as recommended by the manufacturer remote temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe to monitor the temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and /or host pipe interface temperature shall be monitored and logged during curing of the liner. 3. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be monitored and logged during the cure cycles. The manufacturer's recommended cure schedule shall be used for each line segment installed, and the liner wall thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall be taken into account by the Contractor. Page 64 4. The Contractor shall remove protruding taps to the inside wall of the pipe. In no case shall the pipe be less than ninety five percent (95 %) open to flow. A9 Resin Impregnation The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To insure a through wet -out, the point of vacuum shall be no further than twenty five feet (26) from the point of initial resin introductions. After vacuum in the tube is established, the vacuum points shall be no further than seventy five feet (76) from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug shall be as near to perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tube as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute tie resin throughout the tube. If the Installer proposes an alternate method of resin impregnation, the method must produce the same results and the method approved by the Engineer. A10 Cool Down The Contractor shall cool the CIPP in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Temperatures and curing data shall be monitored and recorded, by the Contractor, throughout the installation process to ensure that each phase of the process is achieved as approved in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer's recommendations. All Finishing Operations The installed CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of a sewer line section and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, major wrinkles and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be sealed to the existing host pipe. The sealing material shall be compatible with the pipe end and shall provide a watertight seal. If any of the service connections leak water between the host pipe and the installed liner, the connection mainline interface shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection. If the wall of the CIPP leaks, it shall be repaired or removed and replaced with a watertight pipe as recommended by the manufacture of the CIPP system. At all points where the liner pipe has been exposed (such as service connection fittings, or other points where the old pipe must be removed), the liner pipe and fittings shall be encased in cement - stabilized sand or other high density material as specified by the Engineer to prevent deflection due to difference in subsidence. After the encasement material is in place and accepted by the Engineer, backfill is placed and compacted to require finish grade in accordance with the specifications. Particular care should be taken to ensure compaction of earth beneath the lateral /service pipe in order to reduce subsidence and resultant bending at the lateral connection at the sewer main. Al2 Manhole Connections A seal, consisting of a resin mixture or hydrophilic seal compatible with the installed CIPP shall be applied at manhole walls in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer's recommendations. Page 65 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services Services shall be identified by the Contractor prior to lining work. After the pipe has been reconstructed and tested, the service connections shall be reconnected. It is the Contractor's responsibility to make sure that all service connections are reconnected, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A CCTV camera and remote cutting tool shall be used for internal reconnections. The machined opening shall be at least ninety five percent (95 %) of the service connection opening and the bottom of both openings must match. The opening shall not be more than one hundred percent (100 %) of the service connection opening. The edges of the opening shall not have pipe fragments or liner fragments, which may obstruct flow or snag debris. In the event that service reinstatements result in openings that are greater than one hundred percent (100 %) of the service connection opening, the Contractor shall install a CIPP type repair, sufficiently in size to completely cover the over -cut service connection. No additional compensation will be paid for the repair of over -cut service connections. Discs of pipe material resulting from service tap cutting shall be collected at the next manhole downstream of the pipe rehabilitation operation prior to leaving the site. Discs shall not be allowed to pass through the system. A14 CIPP Short -Liner The CIPP short -liner shall meet the requirements of the full length CIPP liner and the following: 1. The Short -Liner shall be inserted into the existing sewer line with a power winch and steel cable attached to the end of the liner by use of an appropriate pulling head. Length of the liner to be inserted at any one time shall be governed by the length of the section in need of repair or the maximum length of the installation equipment considering the size and condition of the sewer. 2. A mobile installation unit shall be brought to the site ready to process the liner. The installation unit shall contain heat generating equipment, CCTV facility and other auxiliary miscellaneous equipment necessary for controlling processing of the Short - Liner pipe. The equipment shall be positioned next to the point of entry with minimum obstruction to the other side activities and shall be operated by trained personnel only. 3. The pressure shall be increased to compensate for the heating - cooling transition and it shall be maintained until the temperature at the lowest critical point is 100° F (38° C). This shall constitute completion of the Short -Liner pipe processing. The pipe within the pipe shall be tight fitting and adapted to the existing sewer pipe. B TESTING AND INSPECTION B1 Testing CIPP samples shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.1, using either method proposed. Leakage testing of the CIPP shall be accomplished during cure while under a positive head. CIPP products in which the pipe wall is cured while not in direct contact with the pressurizing fluid (e.g., a removable bladder) must be tested by an alternative method approved by the Engineer. Page 66 B2 Inspection Visual inspection Df the C|PP shall bein accordance with A8TK4F1210, Section 8.4. The relined pipe shall be continuous without joints through the entire pipe length. The liner shall be free of all visible defects except those resulting from pre-lined conditions which the Contractor has noted prior to lining. There shall be no pits, pinholes, cracks, or crazing, and the surface shall be smooth and free oJ waviness throughout the pipe. Any defects shall be repaired bythe Contractor with nO expense tO the Owner. VVh8me leakage is observed through the wall Ofthe pipe, the contractor shall institute additional testing including but not limited to air testing, |OC8|izBd [eSUOg and any other testing that will verify the |G8h proof integrity of the installed C|PP tD the satisfaction Ofthe Owner. B3 Televising Prior to 5n8| 8CC8ptanDg of any S8DiC8ry S8vv8r relining including short-liners, the Contractor shall inspect bv means of remote closed circuit television equipment the entire segment Vf sanitary sewer, manhole-to manhole. Sewer shall be cleaned prior to inspection. A videotape 0f the inspection shall be furnished hJ the City. The following conditions shall apply tV the sewer acceptance TVinspection: 1. The videotape Sh8U be in a format to be decided by the Owner, that creates high quality picture and sound and shall be recorded incolor. 2. The TV camera shall be pulled through the sewer 8t8 maximum rate Of thirty five feet (35') per minute. 3. The camera shall b8 pulled downstream iO all cases. 4. The lens 0f the camera shall be cleaned @t each manhole o[ when directed bythe C)wO8F. 5. The recording shall have @n on-screen display showing the following: @. Upstream and downstream manhole numbers b. Footage from the upstream manhole C. |OSp8[ti0D date 8. Sewers Gh@U not be televised within forty eight (48) hours of rainfall event greater than one half inch (1/2"). 7. The QPPS shall be re-televised one (1) month prior 03 expiration 0f the one-year warranty. A videotape and written report shall be supplied to the City. 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for C|PP Lining shall benna linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole. Page 67 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT The proposal form shall cover all work shown on the contract drawings, specifications, and Special Provisions. All costs associated with the work including furnishing of all materials, providing all construction and equipment, and performing all necessary labor, coordination, supervision, and management to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit or lump sum prices quoted in the proposal form. This work shall include restoration of all surfaces to their original condition or better. Reconnection of all existing services shall be considered incidental to the CIPPS. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the proposal form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the amounts and prices submitted in the proposal form. The following methods of measurement for payment will be used to derive the quantities installed: 1. Site Protection and Restoration a) No separate payment will be made for protection and restoration of roadway surfaces, curb and gutter, landscaping, and other site features unless otherwise specified. 2. Spot Repair to existing pipe a) Bid items have been provided in the proposal for removal and replacement of pipe as Spot or Point Repairs. No additional compensation will be granted for repairs. 3. Cured -in -Place Pipe System (CIPPS) a) Payment shall be made at the unit price as listed on the proposal. All work related to the cleaning, installation and acceptance of the system as a whole shall be considered incidental to CIPPS installation. b) Payment for re- instatement of services shall be at the unit price listed on the proposal per each service, and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. c) Payment for Short -Liner installations shall be made at the unit price listed on the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. Page 68 SECTION 2641—STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING 2641.1 DESCRIPTION A General All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. This specification shall cover the rehabilitation of existing gravity and pressure utility pipelines using pipe bursting methods. Pipe bursting is3 process bv which the bursting unit fractures the existing pipe while SinnU|t8neOu8|y installing 3 new pipe of the 8Grne size or larger size pipe in the place Of the existing pipe. Existing lateral and service connections are disconnected prior 03 mainline pipe bursting to reduce lateral pipe/service pipe damage, then reconnected after testing and disinfection of the new pipe as applicable is approved, television inspection of the new pipe is perfO[nn8d, and the inSt8||8ti0D is completed in accordance with the contract documents. 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Bursting System Manufacturer 8S8fully trained installer Of the pipe bursting system. The Contractor shall provide certifications Uf training and proficiency in the use of the equipment. Only the Contractor's employees that are trained and certified shall operate the equipment. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience using the pipe-bursting method proposed and shall have installed no less than 50,000 feet by this method. 2641.3 MATERIALS Pipe materials meet the requirements described iO Sections 2O11.2 and 20212ofthese specifications, and as provided in the Special Provisions and the following: 1. Sizes of the new pipe insertions shall be such to renew the pipe mainline to greater than the original 8OvvC8p8cdv. 2. All pipe and fittings shall be made Of virgin material. NO rework except that obtained from the manufacturer's own production of the same formulation shall be used. 3. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign nl8heho|' b|isterS. O[ other deleterious faults. 4. Tensile strength of the pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation for the specified purpose and method Ofinstallation. 5. Material color shall be as specified with interior Ofpipe having @ light reflective color to allow for viewing for television inspection. The fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded LV reduce collection Of sediment and allow a camera tO pass during inspection. Page 69 6. The Contractor shall consult with the selected pipe bursting equipment manufacturer regarding recommendations for the installation of pipe materials specified. 2641.4 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following: 1. Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as specified herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate from the manufacturer indicating the materials furnished meet the requirements of these specifications. 2. Shop drawings, catalog data, and manufacturer's technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimensions of new pipe and fittings. Include manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings damaged. 3. Certification of Contractor and assigned personnel training for installing pipe. 4. Detailed submittal of the procedures and method proposed by the Contractor to burst the existing pipe and insert the new pipe. 5. Television inspection reports and video made of the existing pipe and after new pipe installation. 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING The Contactor shall transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, before proceeding further. Deliver, store and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS The Contractor shall submit evidence acceptable to the Owner, such as a certified copy of a license or agreement that it has the authority to use the proposed method from the patent holder and licensed manufacturer. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against all claims, suits, and actions or other damages as a result of negligence of any person or property arising out of patent infringement by the Contractor or the Contractor's employee's, agents, the suppliers, or any tier of subcontractors involved in the work. 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Before excavation is started, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with the various utility companies and determine the location and depth of the existing utilities in the vicinity of the work area. Damage to utilities and the resulting repair, temporary service cost, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. Access pits shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 2600, Trench Excavation and Backfill. Page 70 All excavations shall be properly sheeted/shored in accordance with relevant specifications f0[ trench safety systems. Any damage resulting from improperly shored excavations shall b8 corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer with no compensation to the Contractor. All open excavations shall be kept secure at all times by the use of barricades and fencing with appropriate lights and signs, construction tape, Cowar\DQ with steel p|3tes, etc., or as directed by the Engineer. All lateral and service connections shall be identified, located and excavated prior to the pipe insertion t0 expedite reconnection. The Contractor shall use excavation methods that will not create a rise or sag at the service or lateral connection for gravity sewers. A rise Or sag inthe sewer will be repaired by the contractor 8tnn expense 10 the Owner, in@ manner approved by the Engineer. The location and number of insertion and receiving excavations shall be planned by the Contractor and submitted in writing for approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to excavation. One (1) or more receiving pits shall be excavated at the 8Od(S) 0f the pipe tOb8 replaced Or8t appropriate points within the length of the existing pipe. Pit shall be centered over the existing pipe. The number nf pits for machine and pipe insertion shall be the rnininluDl necessary to most efficiently accomplish the work. The Contractor shall give consideration tO the use 0f excavation required for other purposes such as for sanitary sewer service reconnections and manhole [8p|8C8no8nL Where manholes are used as machine or new pipe insertion pits, the Contractor shall identify such manholes and replace them at no additional cost to the Owner if damaged. Any manhole modification or replacement required shall be considered incidental to the installation of the new pipe. Equipment used to perform the work shall be located away from buildings so as not to create noise impact. Provide 8 silent engine compartment to reduce machine noise as required tO meet local requirements. The Contractor shall iOSt8|| all pu||ey0, nO||8rS' bVDlpe[S, alignment control devices, and other equipment required to protect existing manholes and pipe components not intended for removal/replacement, and to protect the new pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may b8 used as recommended by the manufacturer. |f lubrication i8 used for insertion, the Contractor shall ensure that the lubricant does not backfill existing services. Under no circumstances will the pipe be stressed beyond eighty percent (8096) Of its elastic limit 8s published and recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe insertion shall be continuous and without interruption from manhole to manhole for sewers, or junction to junction for watermain, except as approved by the Engineer. Upon completion of insertion of the new pipe, and after the relaxation period, the Contractor shall expedite the reconnection of laterals and services so as to minimize any inconvenience to customers. Connection of services shall be in accordance with Sections 2611 and 2621 of these specifications and 8S provided inthe Special Provisions. The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer's recommended amount of time, but not less than four (4) hours, for cooling and relaxation due to tensile stressing prior to any reconnection 0f service lines, sealing 0f the annulus V[b8Ckƒii|iDgCf the insertion pit, Sufficient Page 71 excess length of new pipe, but not less than four inches (4 "), shall be allowed to protrude into manholes. Restraint of pipe ends shall be achieved by means of electrofusion couplings. The electrofusion couplings shall be slipped over pipe ends against manhole wall and fused in place. Installation of electrofusion couplings shall be done in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures. Following the relaxation period, the annular space at the manhole shall be sealed. Sealing shall be made with material approved by the Engineer and shall extend a minimum of eight inches (8 ") into the manhole wall in such a manner as to form a smooth, uniform, watertight joint. Fused pipe joints shall be de- beaded to create a smooth flow line. There shall be no ridges or burrs from the fusion method exposed on the interior of the pipe following installation. Tracer wire shall be installed with the pipe in accordance with 2611 and 2621. Equipment: The pipe bursting tool shall increase the external dimensions sufficiently, causing breakage of the existing pipe at the same time expanding the surrounding ground. Simultaneously, the new pipe, directly attached to the expander, shall also move forward. See manufacturer's specifications for what size tool should be used in what diameter of pipe, as well as parameters of what size tool for percentage of upsize allowed. The bursting head shall incorporate a shield /expander to prevent collapse of the hole ahead of the pipe insertion. Bypass Pumping: The Contractor, when and where required for sanitary sewer replacement, shall provide diversion for the pipe bursting /replacement process. The pumps and by -pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by -pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Temporary Water: The Contractor when and where required for watermain replacement, shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment associated with managing, constructing, and maintaining a temporary potable water distribution system for all existing water users which must be taken out of service for a period exceeding eight (8) hours, or as required at the discretion of the Engineer. All costs to provide temporary water required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Testing: Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as described herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate with this specification shall be furnished, upon request, by the manufacturer for all material furnished under this specification. Inspection: Video inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit color television. Video inspection shall include the following: • Two (2) copies of the DVD's in mpeg4 format (post) to be submitted to the Owner before final invoice. Page 72 • DVO are to remain property of the Owner; Contractor to retain second copy. • All flows tributary to reach of sewer being inspected are to be completely by-passed around the reach during inspection if necessary and required hv the Owner. • Pre-construction video Ofthe existing pipe and post construction video inspection upon COnlp(etiOO of reconstruction of each reach Of pipe, with the voice dego[i0dOD. with stationing of services indicated. Data and stationing to be OO video. • Should any portion of the video inspection be of inadequate quality or coverage, as determined by the Owner the Contractor will have the portion re-inspected and video recorded 8tnO additional expense t0 the Owner. 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for pipe bursting shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole or junction point to junction point as indicated on the plans. Pipe Bursting: The work performed aa prescribed by this item will be paid for by the linear foot 8i the unit price bid for the pipe bursting/replacement at the specified pipe diameter and location which price shall be full compensation for the installation of the new pipe, furnishing and placing of all rnaherig|3. |8bo[` tools, 8quipDl8DL cleaning, and preparation of the existing pipe to FeD8iw8 the new pipe, tracer wire, pipe bedding, backfill material, annulus sealing material and launching pit3, and video inspection of final installed pip8, bypass pumping, temporary water distribution, traffic control, sealing at manholes, locating, excavating, disconnecting, testing in accordance with the Contract Documents, and all else incidental thereto for which separate payment is not provided under other Items iD the Bid Form. Page 73 PROJECT ADDENDUM #1 Date: February 6, 2015 Pro ect: LaBelle Park Improvement Project WSB Project #1792 -11 Owner: City of Columbia Heights 637 38thth Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Pro ect WSB & Associates, Inc. Consultant: 701 Xenia Ave. South, Suite 300 ph. 763 - 231 -4844 Minneapolis, MN 55416 fax. 763 -541 -1700 Bid Submisslon Unchanged - Refer to official publication /advertisement for bid for the specified date, time, and Date & Time: location. Acknowledgment: To all plan holders of record: Acknowledge receipt of this addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification. This addendum forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies them as described. Addendum WSB & Associates, Inc. prepared by. 0 Robert A. Slipka III, Registered Landscape Architect (Reg. #44337) LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #1 Page 1 of 3 WSB Project No. 1792 -1 Item #2 - Changes Make the following changes to Bid Proposal Form 00500 (Revised Bid Form Included): to Bid Proposal REVISE Bid Item No. 33 to read as follows: Form 00500 - Bid Bid Item No. 33 - Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for Form walkways, pads, and fence maintenance strip as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Item #3 - Changes Make the following changes to Bid Proposal Form 00500 (Revised Bid Form Included): to Bid Proposal ADD Bid Item No. 48 as follows: Form 00500 - Bid Bid Item No. 48 - Furnish and install Herbaceous Plugs as indicated on plans, details, and specifications Form - complete Item #4 - Changes Make the following changes to Part 2 — Products: to Section 02775 - Under Item 2.01.C, CHANGE the wording to read: Pre - Fabricated The following is a list of the products to be furnished and installed by the Contractor: Shelter Buildings Item #5 - Changes to Section 02775 - Pre- Fabricated Shelter Buildings Make the following changes to Part 2 — Products: Under Item 2.03.A, ADD the following is a list of Manufacturers who have been approved as an equal for submission for the Pre - Fabricated Shelter Building: Product / Manufacturer: ICON Shelter Systems, Inc. 1455 Lincoln Ave. Holland, MI 49423 Local Webber Recreational Design, Inc. Representative: 1442 Brooke Ct. Hastings, MN 55033 Contact: Product / Manufacturer: Jay Webber PH: 651-438-3630 Fax: 651- 438 -3939 ultrashelter 1675 Locust St. Red Bud, IL 6228 Local Minnesota Wisconsin Playground Representative: 5101 Hwy. 55, Suite 6000 Golden Valley, MN 55422 Contact: Harlan Lehman PH: 763 -546 -7787 Fax: 763 -546 -5050 LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #1 Page 2 of 3 WSB Project No. 1792 -1 Item #6 - Changes Make the following changes to Division 1 - General Requirements: to Division 1- Under Item No. 29 - Mobilization, CHANGE the wording to read: General All mobilization costs are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be paid for under Bid Item Requirements No. 1 - Mobilization and Traffic Control. Item #7 - Add Add Section 05510 to the Specifications: Section 05510 - ADD Section 05510 "Steel Handrails" to the Specifications as included within this Addendum. Steel Handrails DRAWINGS Item #8 - Add Note Make the following changes to Detail 4/133 - Concrete Step Detail: to Detail 4 /D3 ADD the following note to Detail 4 /133: Concrete Step "Handrails to be painted per Specification Section 05510 - Steel Handrails." Detail End of Addendum #1 LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #1 Page 3 of 3 WSB Project No. 1792 -1 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADDENDUM NO. i BID FORM 00500 LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA OWNER: City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMIT TO / BID OPENING LOCATION: Attn: Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMITTED BY: Name: Address: Contact: Telephone: Fax: PROJECT CONSULTANT: WSB & Associates, Inc. 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 BID SUBMITTAL TIME: Time: 10:00 a.m. Date: February 11, 2015 OFFER: Bidder will complete the work according to the following: (a) The quantities indicated for "UNIT PRICE" bid items are for the convenience of the Bidder and are not guaranteed. "UNIT PRICE" bids shall include all labor, materials, storing, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final payment to the contractor for "UNIT PRICE" bid items shall be based on field measured quantities and the contractor's unit bid price for completing the work outlined in the contract documents. (b) Each Bidder must verify or establish quantities and the extent of work to their own satisfaction for "LUMP SUM" bid items, and submit a total bid sufficient to cover all the work outlined in the contract documents. "LUMP SUM" bids shall include all labor, materials, storing, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final payment gent to the contractor for "LUMP SUM" bid items shall be based on the contractor's bid price for completion of the work outlined in the contract documents. (c) The bid form has the following schedules in the following order: 1) Base Bid Schedule 2) Alternate Bid Schedule The contractor is required to provide a bid price for all schedules and bid items. Award of contract will be as stipulated under "Award of Contract" on the last page of this bid form. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110\Admin\Spec\Addendum -1 \2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 1 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Units Legend: LS = Lump Sum, SF = Square Feet, SY = Square Yard, EA = Each, LB = Pound, PAIR = Pair, LF = Lineal Feet, FSF = Facial Square Feet, CY = Cubic Yard, TN = Ton, GAL = Gallon Base Bid Schedule No. Section 1 - Removals, Earthwork, and Erosion Control Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid In Dollars n Dollars Mobilization and Traffic Control for the duration of the project — complete 1 NOTE: this shall not exceed 5% of the total Contract amount). 1 LS 2 Removal and disposal of all Trees and Vegetation as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including rootball I LS Removal and disposal of existing Concrete Plaza as indicated on plans - 3 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt pavement, pads, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of pavement 1200 SY for removals as necessary Removal and disposal of existing Bituminous Court, Fencing, and Goals as 4 indicated on plans - complete, including removal of all asphalt pavement, base 660 SY materials beneath the pavements, fencing. goals, associated footings, etc. Removal and disposal of existing Pavement and Trails as indicated on plans - 5 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt trails, pads, parking areas, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of 675 SY pavement for removal as necessary Removal and disposal of existing Curbs as indicated on plans - complete, 6 including removal of all concrete curbs, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. 105 LF - Contractor shall saw cut ed es of curbs for removal as necessary Furnish and place Infiltration Basin Soil Mixture - complete, as per plans, 7 details and specifications including 60% select granular borrow, 20% topsoil and 78 CY 20% compost. On -site Earthwork - complete, including: 1) stripping, stockpiling, respreading, and fine grading all topsoil to required minimum settled depth; 2) common excavation and placement of all soil and subsoil materials to subgrade elevations in all work areas; 3) subsoil compaction beneath trails, concrete, pavements, etc.; 8 4) grade maintenance as necessary for duration of construction period; 5) 1 LS temporary erosion control measures as noted on plan sheets / NPDES permits required to prevent migration of soils to down -slope locations, including maintenance during construction period - NOTE: this item does not include erosion control silt fencing or permanent erosion control matiblanket. Remove & Export Common Borrow / Unsuitable Soils - complete, including 9 loading, transporting, and unloading off -site. Payment shall be based on actual quantity (CY loose volume) of material imported. Quantity must be verified and 1800 CY approved by the Owner prior to hauling material off -site. 10 Removal and disposal of existing Sheet Piles as indicated on plans - complete, including sheet piles, fasteners, etc. 450 LF Removal and disposal of existing Timber Boardwalk, walls, and Trellis at I I Plaza Area as indicated on plans - complete, including timber, fasteners, footings, 1 LS etc. 12 Removal and disposal of existing Sculpture as indicated on plans - complete, including sculpture, footings, etc. 1 LS 13 Furnish and install Boulder Shoreline Edge Treatment - complete, as indicated 400 FF on plans, details and specifications 14 Furnish, install, and maintain Erosion Control Fencing as indicated on plans, includes removal and restoration at project completion - complete 950 LF 15 Furnish, install, and maintain Catch Basin Inlet Protection as indicated on plans, includes removal at project completion - complete 2 EA 16 Furnish, install, and maintain Floating Silt Curtain as indicated on plans, includes removal at project completion - complete 460 LF 17 Furnish, install, and maintain Tree Protection Fence as indicated on plans, 200 LF includes removal at project completion - complete LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110\Admin \Spec\Addendum -1\2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 2 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT No. Section 2 - Utilities Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars n Dollars 33 Furnish and install 48" Diameter Manhole - complete, as indicated on plans, 2360 SF 19 details andspecifications 6 LF 20 Furnish and install 6" HDPE - complete, as indicated on plans, details and 150 LF s ecifications Furnish and install 6" HDPE Pipe Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as 1 EA 21 indicated on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install Area Intake - complete, as indicated on plans, details and 3 EA 22 specifications 23 Furnish all labor and materials for Constructing Manhole over Existing Pipe - 2 EA com lete, as indicated on plans, details andspecifications 24 Furnish and install 18" RCP Sewer Design 3006 Class III - complete, as 166 LF indicated on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install 24" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated 1 EA 25 on plans, details andspecifications 26 Furnish all labor and materials for Removal of Existing 24" RCP - complete, as 16 LF indicated on plans, details andspecifications 27 Furnish and install 4" Perf. PE Pipe Drain - complete, as indicated on plans, 108 LF details andspecifications 28 Furnish and install 15" RCP Dewer Design 3006 Class III - complete, as 69 LF indicated on plans, details andspecifications 29 Furnish and install Random Riprap Class III - complete, as indicated on plans, 24 CY details andspecifications Furnish and install 18" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated 1 EA 30 Ion plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install 15" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated I EA 31 Ion plans, details andspecifications Furnish all labor and materials for all Electrical Work as indicated on plans, 32 details and specifications - complete, including removals, modifications and new 1 LS work Section 2 Subtotal: No. Section 3 - Pavements Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid In Dollars In Dollars 33 Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 2360 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 34 Furnish and place 5'" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as 240 SF indicated on plans, details andspecifications - complete Furnish and install 8' wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides 2 EA 35 as indicated on plans, details andspecifications - complete Furnish and place MnDOT Concrete Curb and Gutter for the parking stalls and 105 LF 36 drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for the Parking Stalls and Drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including 1.5" MnDOT 37 2360 SPWEA340B wearing course mixture over MnDOT 2357 tack coat over 115 SY 2.0" MnDOT 2360 SPNWB330B non wearing course mixture over 8" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and 38 specifications - complete, including 2.5" MnDOT 2360 SPWEA240B wearing 355 SY course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Section 3 Subtotal: LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K: \01792 - 110 \Admin \Spec\Addendum -1 \2.00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 3 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT No. Section 4- Miscellaneous Site Amenities Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid t In Dollars n Dollars 40 Furnish and install 3' -6" High Chainlink Fencing as indicated on plans, details 39 and specifications - complete, including all attachments and hardware. 120 LF Section 4 Subtotal Furnish and install Type I1 Native Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and No. Section 5 - Landscaping Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid t In Dollars In Doll ars 40 Furnish and install Type I Turf Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, includin two months maintenance 0.8 AC 41 Furnish and install Type I1 Native Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including two months maintenance 0.5 AC 42 Furnish and install wood fiber blanket as indicated on plans - complete 5810 SY 43 Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 13 EA 44 Furnish and install B &B Coniferous Trees as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 1 EA 45 Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 71 EA 46 Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 29 EA 47 Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and specifications 50 LF 48 Furnish and install Herbaceous Plugs as indicated on plans, details, and specifications - complete 744 EA Section 5 Subtotal: end of'base bid schedide (excludes add alternate bid items) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792 - 110 \Admin \Spec\Addendum - 1\2.00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792-110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 4 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Add Alternate Bid Schedule 'A' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid No. Add Alternate Bid Item n Dollars n Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as 275 SF A.1 indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 80 SF A.2 walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and A.3 specifications - complete, including 2.5" MnDOT 2360 SPWEA240B wearing 6 SY course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base 'Furnish and install 6' wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides I EA AA as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item 'A' Total: Estimated Unit Bid Total Bid No. Add Alternate Sid Item 'B' Unit In Dollars In Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 1810 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 13.1 B.2 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table - complete, with concrete footings 4 EA Furnish and install 20' Square Picnic Shelter - complete, including electrical 1 LS conduit and concrete footin s Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and 2 EA s ecifications - com lete, includin hardwood mulch Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and 6 EA [B. specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and 39 EA 13.6 specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and 50 LF Ispecifications Add Alternate Bid Item 'B' Total: Estimated Unit Bid Total Bid No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'C' Unit In Dollars n Dollars C1 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table -complete, with concrete footings 2 EA Furnish and install Arbor/Trellis Feature at both ends of picnic shelter - 1 LS C.2 complete, with concrete footings Add Alternate Bid Item 'C' Total: 'D' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid No. Add Alternate Bid Item n Dollars n Dollars Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for D.1 trash receptacle including relocation /installation of trash receptacle as indicated on 9 SF plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for picnic table including relocation/installation of picnic table as indicated on plans, 48 SF D.2 details and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item 'D' Total: Total Add Alternate Bid end of add alternate bad schedule End of Bid Schedules LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\01792-110\Admin\Spec\Addendum-1\2.00500-Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 5 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT OWNER'S RIGHT: The owner reserves the right to revise the scope of the work outlined in the contract documents. "Unit Price" bids in the base bid and alternate bid schedules shall prevail for changing quantities of work items from those indicated in the contract documents. ADDENDA: The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. _ Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No, Dated CONTRACT TIME: The undersigned agrees to commence work under this contract on or before the date to be specified in written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner with the project substantially complete on or before September 11, 2015. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL: This proposal is submitted after careful study of the Drawings and Specifications and from personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at park site, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any employee of the City of Columbia Heights. It is understood and agreed that proposal cannot be withdrawn within sixty (60) calendar days without the consent of the City of Columbia Heights. The City of Columbia Heights has the right to reject any or all proposals. A Bidder's Bond or Certified or Cashier's Check in the amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of our total bid made payable to City of Columbia Heights, is attached herewith and shall be considered liquidated damage to the Owner if bidder is awarded the contract but fails to enter into a contract in accordance with this Proposal. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Each bidder shall be required to submit the following information and data. Information not submitted at the bid opening must be submitted prior to award of the contract. I . Bid Form Proposal - Document 00500 2. Acknowledgment of receipt of addendum 3. Contractors Verification of Compliance 4. Bid Bond 5. Any other items specifically required by the contract documents. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The contract for the work outlined in the contract document and this proposal form, will be awarded to the lowest qualified bidder. Lowest bid will be determined by the TOTAL BASE BID PRICE PLUS THE ACCEPTED ALTERNATES. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR: Responsible Contractor - The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids /RFP of the City shall comply with the provisions of the statute. 1. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. 2. Responding contractors shall submit to the City a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. 3. A prime contractor shall submit to the City, upon request, copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. 4. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\01792-1 1 0\Admin\Spec\Addendum -1 \2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 6 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM SIGNATURE(S): Respectfully submitted, Bidder is (Corporation) (Partnership) (Individual) (Joint Venture) Bidder must select one of above and if a Joint Venture, each joint venturer must sign. Firm By Title Fed. Tax ID Number Date AFFIDAVIT OF NON - COLLUSION: I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for perjury: 1. That I am the BIDDER (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the firm (if the bidder is a partnership) or an officer or employee of the bidding corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the bidder is a corporation); 2. That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the BIDDER independently, and have been submitted without collusion with, and without, any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with any vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid, designed to limit independent bidding or competition; 3. That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the BIDDER, or its employees or agents, to any person not an employee or agent of the BIDDER, or its surety, on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the bid or bids; and 4. That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. Bidder: Firm Making Bids: Subscribed and sworn to before me This day of Notary Public My commission expires on: 20_ LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K: \01792- 110\Admin \Spec\Addendum -1 \2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page - 7 of 7 CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE The undersigned, being first duly sworn, as a responding contractor on the Project, represents and swears as follows: Now, and at all times during the duration of the Project, the undersigned complies with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. Upon request, the undersigned will submit copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, or its subcontractor that makes the false statement, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned or its subcontractor that submits a false statement. Contractor: By Signature Its Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Notary Public My commission expires: , 20 (please print name) (please sign name) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 STEEL HANDRAILS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT A. The conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) and the General Conditions are hereby made a part of this section. 1.02. SCOPE OF WORK A. The work covered by this Section of the Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations in connection with the construction of tubular steel handrails in strict accordance with this Section of the Specifications and the applicable drawings and subject to the terms and Conditions of the Contract. 1.03. LIMITS OF WORK A. The construction limits within which all work included in this Section shall be confined are shown on the construction drawings. 1.04. PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall protect that which is to remain and shall conduct all operations in a manner that will not damage or jeopardize the surrounding plant life or site amenities designated to remain. Equipment operating around existing trees shall use extreme caution to prevent damage to roots, trunks and branches. The Contractor shall verify the location and elevations of existing utilities in the area of his /her work. Any damage to utilities, trees or other existing -to - remain items shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 1.05. STANDARDS A. Materials, tests, proportions, workmanship and methods of fence work shall be in accordance with the Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials, (ASTM), the American Welding Society, (AWS), and Steel Structures Painting Council, (SSPC). 1.06. SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions. B. Provide shop drawings in accordance with the following: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, attachments and fasteners. 2. Connections. 3. Camber loads. 4. Welded connections. 5. Installation procedures. 6. Mill test reports and welders certificates. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS A. Handrail shall be constructed of hot dipped galvanized steel as described in the plans and shall conform to ASTM Standards for mild steel. B. All welds shall meet applicable ASTM Standards. All welds shall be cleaned of slag and grit and thoroughly washed after fabrication and prior to painting. C. Schedule of Materials: See plan sheets and details for material sizes required. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. FABRICATION A. Continuous weld all steel members. Grind welds smooth. Weld in accordance with AWS Standards for the type and use of material being welded. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT STEEL HANDRAILS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Hand Railings shall be installed true to plan line and elevations. Deviations from plan lines of more than 1/8" in 20 feet horizontally or 1/8" from plan elevations shall not be accepted and shall be cause for removal and reinstallation. B. Sleeves shall be placed in concrete steps and slabs that are of the proper diameter to receive the post and provide adequate space for grout. 3.03. FINISH A. All mild steel shall be hot dipped galvanized. 1. Comply with ASTM A123 for galvanizing of assembled steel products. 2. Surface preparation of metal shall comply with SSPC,(The Society for Protective Coatings), surface preparation specification No. 6 or No. 10. 3. Zinc coating damage damaged after fabrication and /or installation shall be repaired with paint in accordance with ASTM A789, "Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot Dipped Galvanized Coatings," American Hot -Dip Galvanizers Association publication, "Recommended Practice for Touch -up of Damaged Galvanized Coatings" and recommendations of the repair paint manufacturer. 4. Galvanizing repair paint shall be a minimum 82 percent zinc - dust - content paint for re- galvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with FS DOD- P- 21035a. B. Preparation of Galvanized Steel for Paint: Zinc coated surfaces shall be chemically treated prior to painting in accordance with SSPC standard SP -1, "Solvent Cleaning ", and exercising care not to damage galvanizing. C. Primer coat: Two part epoxy primer for metal shall be electro statically shop applied. Mil thickness shall be min, 3.5 mils wet and 1.75 mils dry. D. Finish coat: Two (2) coats of colored polyurethane for metal shall be shop applied electro statically after the primer coat. Final coverage shall be uniform, even and complete with a mil thickness of 1.75 mils dry per coat. E. Finish colors shall be selected by the Owner prior to fabrication. F. All welds and scrapes, scratches etc. found in finish following installation shall be sanded and painted with primer and finish coats, in place, as described above. 3.04. CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the Work described herein, the Contractor shall remove all equipment, tools, excess materials and debris from the site. END OF SECTION 05510 — STEEL HANDRAILS LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT STEEL HANDRAILS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 PROJECT ADDENDUM #2 Date: February 9, 2015 Project: LaBelle Park Improvement Project WSB Project #1792 -11 Owner: City of Columbia Heights 637 38thth Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Project WSB & Associates, Inc. Consultant: 701 Xenia Ave. South, Suite 300 ph. 763- 231 -4844 Minneapolis, MN 55416 fax. 763 -541 -1700 Bid Submission Unchanged - Refer to official publication /advertisement for bid for the specified date, time, and Date & Time: location. Acknowledgment: To all plan holders of record: Acknowledge receipt of this addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification. This addendum forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies them as described. Addendum WSB & Associates, Inc. prepared by Robert A. Slipka III, Registered Landscape Architect (Reg. #44337) Modifications to The following describes the modifications to the plans and specifications for the above listed project. Plans and This addendum forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies them as described. Specifications: Item #1- Changes to Bid Proposal Form 00500 - Bid Form SPECIFICATIONS Make the following changes to Bid Proposal Form 00500 (Revised Bid Form Include REVISE Bid Item quantities to read as follows: Bid Item No. 19 — 48" Diameter Manhole; Quantity to be 19.5 LF. Bid Item No. 43 — B & B Deciduous Trees; Quantity to be 18 EA. Bid Item No. 45 — Container Shrubs; Quantity to be 152 EA. Bid Item No. 46 — Container Perennials; Quantity to be 110 EA. LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #2 Page 1 of 2 WSB Project No. 1792 -11 End of Addendum #2 LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #2 Page 2 of 2 WSB Project No. 1792 -11 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADDENDUM NO. 2 BID FORM 00500 LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA OWNER: City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMIT TO / BID OPENING LOCATION: Attn: Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMITTED BY: Name: Address: Contact: Telephone: Fax: PROJECT CONSULTANT: WSB & Associates, Inc. 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 BID SUBMITTAL TIME: Time: 10:00 a.m. Date: February 11, 2015 OFFER: Bidder will complete the work according to the following: (a) The quantities indicated for "UNIT PRICE" bid items are for the convenience of the Bidder and are not guaranteed. "UNIT PRICE" bids shall include all labor, materials, storing, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final payment to the contractor for "UNIT PRICE" bid items shall be based on field measured quantities and the contractor's unit bid price for completing the work outlined in the contract documents. (b) Each Bidder must verify or establish quantities and the extent of work to their own satisfaction for "LUMP SUM" bid items, and submit a total bid sufficient to cover all the work outlined in the contract documents. "LUMP SUM" bids shall include all labor, materials, storing, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final payment to the contractor for "LUMP SUM" bid items shall be based on the contractor's bid price for completion of the work outlined in the contract documents. (c) The bid form has the following schedules in the following order: 1) Base Bid Schedule 2) Alternate Bid Schedule The contractor is required to provide a bid price for all schedules and bid items. Award of contract will be as stipulated under "Award of Contract" on the last page of this bid form. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 01792-110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 K:\ 01792- 110\Admin \Spec\Addendum -2 \2. 00500 -Bid Form Page - 1 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Units Leeend: LS = Lump Sum, SF = Square Feet, SY = Square Yard, EA = Each, LB = Pound, PAIR = Pair, LF = Lineal Feet, FSF = Facial Square Feet, CY = Cubic Yard, TN = Ton, GAL = Gallon Base Bid Schedule No. Section I - Removals, Earthwork, and Erosion Control Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid In Dollars In Dollars Mobilization and Traffic Control for the duration of the project — complete 1 NOTE: this shall not exceed 5% of the total Contract amount), 1 LS 2 Removal and disposal of all Trees and Vegetation as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including rootball 1 LS Removal and disposal of existing Concrete Plaza as indicated on plans - 3 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt pavement, pads, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of pavement 1200 SY for removals as necessary Removal and disposal of existing Bituminous Court, Fencing, and Goals as 4 indicated on plans - complete, including removal of all asphalt pavement, base 660 SY materials beneath the pavements, fencing, goals, associated footings, etc. Removal and disposal of existing Pavement and Trails as indicated on plans - 5 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt trails, pads, parking areas, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of 675 SY pavement for removal as necessary Removal and disposal of existing Curbs as indicated on plans - complete, 6 including removal of all concrete curbs, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. 105 LF - Contractor shall saw cut ed es of curbs for removal as necessary Furnish and place Infiltration Basin Soil Mixture - complete, as per plans, 7 details and specifications including 60% select granular borrow, 20% topsoil and 78 CY 20% compost. On -site Earthwork - complete, including: 1) stripping, stockpiling, respreading, and fine grading all topsoil to required minimum settled depth; 2) common excavation and placement of all soil and subsoil materials to subgrade elevations in all work areas; 3) subsoil compaction beneath trails, concrete, pavements, etc.; 8 4) grade maintenance as necessary for duration of construction period; 5) 1 LS temporary erosion control measures as noted on plan sheets / NPDES permits required to prevent migration of soils to down -slope locations, including maintenance during construction period - NOTE: this item does not include erosion control silt fencing or permanent erosion control mat/blanket. Remove & Export Common Borrow / Unsuitable Soils - complete, including 9 loading, transporting, and unloading off -site. Payment shall be based on actual quantity (CY loose volume) of material imported. Quantity must be verified and 1800 CY approved by the Owner prior to hauling material off -site. 10 Removal and disposal of existing Sheet Piles as indicated on plans - complete, 450 LF including sheet piles, fasteners, etc. Removal and disposal of existing Timber Boardwalk, walls, and Trellis at 11 Plaza Area as indicated on plans - complete, including timber, fasteners, footings, I LS etc. 12 Removal and disposal of existing Sculpture as indicated on plans - complete, including sculpture, footings, etc. 1 LS 13 Furnish and install Boulder Shoreline Edge Treatment - complete, as indicated 400 FF on plans, details and specifications 14 Furnish, install, and maintain Erosion Control Fencing as indicated on plans, includes removal and restoration at project completion - complete 950 LF 15 Furnish, install, and maintain Catch Basin Inlet Protection as indicated on plans, 2 includes removal at project completion - complete EA 16 Furnish, install, and maintain Floating Silt Curtain as indicated on plans, 460 LF includes removal at project completion - complete 17 Furnish, install, and maintain Tree Protection Fence as indicated on plans, 200 LF includes removal at project completion - complete LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110\Admin \Spec\Addendum -2 \2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page - 2 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 18 Furn ish and install 15'X 50' Aggregate Construction Access - complete, 1 EA Unit Bid Total Bid No. including removal and restoration at project completion Unit n Dollars In Dollars Section 1 Subtotal: Furnish and install 48" Diameter Manhole - complete, as indicated on plans, No. Section 3 - Pavements Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid No. Section 2 - Utilities Unit n Dollars In Dollars 19 Furnish and install 48" Diameter Manhole - complete, as indicated on plans, 19.5 LF details andspecifications 20 Furnish and install 6" HDPE - complete, as indicated on plans, details and 150 LF [specifications Furnish and install 6" HDPE Pipe Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as 1 EA 21 indicated on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install Area Intake - complete, as indicated on plans, details and 3 EA 22 specifications Furnish all labor and materials for Constructing Manhole over Existing Pipe - 2 EA 23 com fete, as indicated on plans, details andspecifications 24 Furnish and install 18" RCP Sewer Design 3006 Class III - complete, as 166 LF indicated on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install 24" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated 1 EA 25 on plans, details andspecifications 26 Furnish all labor and materials for Removal of Existing 24" RCP - complete, as 16 LF indicated on plans, details andspecifications 27 Furnish and install 6" Perf. PE Pipe Drain - complete, as indicated on plans, 108 LF details andspecifications Furnish and install 15" RCP Dewer Design 3006 Class III - complete, as 69 LF 28 indicated on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install Random Riprap Class III - complete, as indicated on plans, 24 CY 29 details andspecifications Furnish and install 18" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated 1 EA 30 on plans, details andspecifications Furnish and install 15" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated 1 EA 31 Ion plans, details andspecifications Furnish all labor and materials for all Electrical Work as indicated on plans, 32 details and specifications - complete, including removals, modifications and new 1 LS work Section 2 Subtotal: No. Section 3 - Pavements Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars In Dollars 33 Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 2360 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 34 Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as 240 SF indicated on plans, details andspecifications - complete Furnish and install 8' wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides 2 EA 35 as indicated on plans, details andspecifications - complete Furnish and place MnDOT Concrete Curb and Gutter for the parking stalls and 105 LF 36 drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for the Parking Stalls and Drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including 1.5" MnDOT 37 2360 SPWEA340B wearing course mixture over MnDOT 2357 tack coat over 115 SY 2.0" MnDOT 2360 SPNWB330B non wearing course mixture over 8" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and 38 specifications -complete, including 2.5" MnDOT 2360 SPWEA240B wearing 355 SY course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Section 3 Subtotal: LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K: 101 792-11 0�AdminlSpecWddendum -2t2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page - 3 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT No. Section 4- Miscellaneous Site Amenities Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid !2t y. In Dollars In Dollars 40 Furnish and install 3'-6" High Chainlink Fencing as indicated on plans, details 39 and specifications - complete, including all attachments and hardware. 120 LF Section 4 Subtotal: Furnish and install Type II Native Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and No. Section 5 - Landscaping Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid !2t y. In Dollars In Dollars 40 Furnish and install Type I Turf Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and s ecifieations - com fete, including two months maintenance 0.8 AC 41 Furnish and install Type II Native Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including two months maintenance 0.5 AC 42 Furnish and install wood fiber blanket as indicated on plans - complete 5810 SY 43 Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 18 EA 44 Furnish and install B &B Coniferous Trees as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 1 EA 45 Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 152 EA 46 Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 110 EA 47 Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and specifications 50 LF 48 Furnish and install Herbaceous Plugs as indicated on plans, details, and specifications - complete 744 EA Section 5 Subtotal: end of base bid schedule (excludes add alternate bid items) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110\Admin\Spec\Addendum -2 \2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page - 4 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Add Alternate Bid Schedule No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'A' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars n Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as 275 SF A.1 indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 80 SF A.2 walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and A.3 specifications - complete, including 2.5" MnDOT 2360 SPWEA240B wearing 6 SY course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Furnish and install 6' wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides 1 EA AA as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item 'A' Total: No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'B' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars In Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 1810 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete B.1 B.2 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table - complete, with concrete footings 4 EA Furnish and install 20' Square Picnic Shelter - complete, including electrical 1 LS B.3 conduit and concrete footings Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and 2 EA BA ,specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and 6 EA B.5 specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and 39 EA B.6 specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and 50 LF B.7 s ecifications Add Alternate Bid Item 'B' Total: No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'C' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid In Dollars In Dollars C.1 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table -complete, with concrete footings 2 EA Furnish and install Arbor/Trellis Feature at both ends of picnic shelter - 1 LS C.2 complete, with concrete footings Add Alternate Bid Item 'C' Total: Estimated Unit Bid Total Bid No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'D' Unit In Dollars In Dollars Eplans, Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for D.1 trash receptacle including relocation /installation of trash receptacle as indicated on 9 SF details and specifications - complete Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for picnic table including relocation /installation of picnic table as indicated on plans, 48 SF D.2 Idetails and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item 'D' Total: Total Add Alternate Bid end of add alternate bid schedule End of Bid Schedules LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110\Admin \Spec\Addendum -2\2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page - 5 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT OWNER'S RIGHT: The owner reserves the right to revise the scope of the work outlined in the contract documents. "Unit Price" bids in the base bid and alternate bid schedules shall prevail for changing quantities of work items from those indicated in the contract documents. ADDENDA: The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. _ Dated Addendum No. _ Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. _ Dated CONTRACT TIME: The undersigned agrees to commence work under this contract on or before the date to be specified in written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner with the project substantially complete on or before September 11, 2015. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL: This proposal is submitted after careful study of the Drawings and Specifications and from personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at park site, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any employee of the City of Columbia Heights. It is understood and agreed that proposal cannot be withdrawn within sixty (60) calendar days without the consent of the City of Columbia Heights. The City of Columbia Heights has the right to reject any or all proposals. A Bidder's Bond or Certified or Cashier's Check in the amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of our total bid made payable to City of Columbia Heights, is attached herewith and shall be considered liquidated damage to the Owner if bidder is awarded the contract but fails to enter into a contract in accordance with this Proposal. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Each bidder shall be required to submit the following information and data. Information not submitted at the bid opening must be submitted prior to award of the contract. 1. Bid Form Proposal - Document 00500 2. Acknowledgment of receipt of addendum 3. Contractors Verification of Compliance 4. Bid Bond 5. Any other items specifically required by the contract documents. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The contract for the work outlined in the contract document and this proposal form, will be awarded to the lowest qualified bidder. Lowest bid will be determined by the TOTAL BASE BID PRICE PLUS THE ACCEPTED ALTERNATES. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR: Responsible Contractor - The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response /submission to the Advertisement for Bids. RFP of the City shall comply with the provisions of the statute. 1. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. 2. Responding contractors shall submit to the City a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. 3. A prime contractor shall submit to the City, upon request, copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. 4. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K:\ 01792- 110Wdmin \Spec\Addendum -2\2. 00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page - 6 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM SIGNATURE(S): Respectfully submitted, Bidder is (Corporation) (Partnership) (Individual) (Joint Venture) Bidder must select one of above and if a Joint Venture, each joint venturer must sign. Firm By Title Fed. Tax ID Number Date AFFIDAVIT OF NON - COLLUSION: I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for perjury: I. That I am the BIDDER (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the firm (if the bidder is a partnership) or an officer or employee of the bidding corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the bidder is a corporation); 2. That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the BIDDER independently, and have been submitted without collusion with, and without, any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with any vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid, designed to limit independent bidding or competition; 3. That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the BIDDER, or its employees or agents, to any person not an employee or agent of the BIDDER, or its surety, on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the bid or bids; and 4. That 1 have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. Bidder: Firm Making Bids: Subscribed and sworn to before me This day of , 20_ Notary Public My commission expires on: LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 01792 -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 K:\ 01792- 110\Admin\Spec\Addendum -2\2. 00500 -Bid Form Page - 7 of 7 CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE The undersigned, being first duly sworn, as a responding contractor on the Project, represents and swears as follows: Now, and at all times during the duration of the Project, the undersigned complies with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders abidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. Upon request, the undersigned will submit copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, or its subcontractor that makes the false statement, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned or its subcontractor that submits a false statement. Contractor: By Signature Its Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires: , 20 (please print name) (please sign name) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSB PROJECT NO. 1792 -11 O I I I Id IL Vj 6STA 028 68 0 TUC 21 & , 2 �— T A- 0 > @ + - ti IT 4W.) � It 4 F1 "N' > STA O+GO�Os AT, o c on O 9' Vj 6STA 028 68 0 TUC 21 & , 2 �— T A- 0 > @ + - ti IT 4W.) � It 4 F1 P ' I P ' A 7o, Z OW W — A— ­1, 3DD SB LaBelle Park Site Improvements x City of Columbia Heights, MN rn STORM SEWER PLAN zz _9 in -Y "N' > S WA P ' I P ' A 7o, Z OW W — A— ­1, 3DD SB LaBelle Park Site Improvements x City of Columbia Heights, MN rn STORM SEWER PLAN zz _9 in -Y 1..;.7.1 PROJECT ADDENDUM Date: February 10, 2015 Project: LaBelle Park Improvement Project WSB Project #1792 -11 Owner: City of Columbia Heights 637 38thth Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Prole WSB & Associates, Inc. Consultant: 701 Xenia Ave. South, Suite 300 ph. 763 - 231 -4844 Minneapolis, MN 55416 fax. 763 -541 -1700 Bid Submission Unchanged - Refer to official publication /advertisement for bid for the specified date, time, and Date & Time: location. Acknowledgment: To all plan holders of record: Acknowledge receipt of this addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification. This addendum forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies them as described. Addendum WSB & Associates, Inc. prepared by: Robert A. Slipka I11, Registered Landscape Architect (Reg. #44337) i � _ 1 1 Tr LaBelle Park Improvements Project Addendum #3 Page 1 of 1 WSB Project No. 1792 -11 ' ' BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADDENDUM NO.2 BID FORM 00500 LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA OWNER: City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMIT TO / BID OPENING LOCATION: Attn: Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights 637 - 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 SUBMITTED BY• Name: (i 06S AIJ-D-' Address: '90j)3 Contact: `--t k " 3 Q n S 0vX Telephone.3J O -4 iO4 `;WFax• . IV A PROJECT CONSULTANT: WSB & Associates, Inc. 701 Xenia Avenue South, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 BID SUBMITTAL TIME: Time: 10:00 am Date: February 11, 2015 OFFER: Bidder will complete the work according to the following. (a) The quantities indicated for "TWIT PRICE" bid items are for the convenience of the Bidder and are not guaranteed. "UNIT PRICE" bids shall include all labor, materials, storing, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final uavment to the contractor for "UNIT PRICE" bid items shall be based on field measured quantities and the contractor's unit bid price for completing the work outlined in the contract documents. (b) Each Bidder must verify or establish quantities and the extent of work to their own satisfaction for "LUMP SUM" bid items, and submit a total bid sufficient to cover all the work outlined in the contract documents. "LUMP SUM" bids shall include all labor, materials, staring, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, tags, etc. necessary to cover the work described in the contract documents. Final payment to the contractor for "LUMP SUM" bid items shall be based on the contractor`s bid price for completion of the work outlined in the contract documents. (c) The bid form has the following schedules in the following order: 1) Base Bid Schedule 2) Alternate Bid Schedule The contractor is required to provide a bid price for all schedules and bid items. Award of contract will be as stipulated under "Award of Contract" on the last page of this bid form. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN K: 101792- 1101AdminlSpeclAWendum- 212.00600 -Bid Form WSS PROJECT" NO. 01792-110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page -I of 7 ` ° BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Units Legend;. LS =Lump Sum, SF = Square Feet, SY = Square Yard, EA =Each, LB =Pound, PAIR =Pair, LF = Lineal Feet, FSF = Facial Square Feet, CY = Cubic Yard, TN = Ton, GAL = Gallon Base Bid Schedule No. Section 1- Removals, Earthwork, rk, aad Erosion Control stimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars fin Dollars I Mobilization and Traffic Control for the duration of the project — complete i �pr'' (NOTE: this shall not exceed 5% of the total Contract amount . WO 2 Removal and disposal of all Trees and Vegetation as indicated on plans, details I and specifications - complcte, including rootball pp �yy Removal and disposal of existing Concrete Plaza as indicated on plans - 3 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt pavement, pads, base 1200 SY materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of pavement _ for removals as necessary Removal and disposal of existing Bituminous Court, Fencing, and Goals as 4 indicated on plans - complete, including removal of all asphalt pavement, base 660 SY U materials beneath the pavements, fencing, goals, associated footings, etc. Removal and disposal of existing Pavement and Trails as indicated on plans - 5 complete, including removal of all concrete and asphalt trails, pads, parking areas, 675 SY base materials beneath the pavements, etc. - Contractor shall saw cut edges of pavement for removal as necessary Removal and dispo o existing Curbs as indic—a-0 on plans - complete, 6 including removal of all concrete curbs, base materials beneath the pavements, etc. 105 LF t? Cmwi= shall saw cut edggs s for rem Furnish and place Infiltration Basin Soil Mixture - complete, as per plans, 7 details and specifications including 6411/o select granular borrow, 201/a topsoil and 78 CY .� C) 20% compost. J On-site Earthwork - complete, including: l) stripping, stockpiling, respreading, and fine grading all topsoil to required minimum settled depth; 2) common excavation and placement of all soil and subsoil materials to subgrade elevations in all work areas; 3) subsoil compaction beneath trails, concrete, pavements, etc.; 8 4) grade maintenance as necessary for duration of construction period; 5) 1 LS temporary erosion control measures as noted on plan sheets / NPDES permits required to prevent migration of soils to down -slope locations, including maintenance during construction period - NOTE: this item does not include erosion control silt fencing or permanent erosion control matlblanket. Remove & Export Common Borrow /Unsuitable Soils - complete, including 9 loading, transporting, and unloading off-site. Payment shall be based on actual 1800 CY quantity (CY loose volume) of material imported. Quantity must be verified and approved by the Owner prior to hauling material off -site. 17pfj 10 Removal and disposal of existing Sheet Piles as indicated on plans - complete, 450 LF including sheet piles, fasteners, etc. Removal and disposal of existing Timber Boardwalk, wags, and Trellis at 11 Plaza Area as indicated on plans - complete, including timber, fasteners, footings, I LS �t 2 OUn _ etc. liDt 12 Removal and disposal of existing Sculpture as indicated on plans - complete, 1 LS including sculpture, footings, etc. -} A DD 13 Furnish and install Boulder Shoreline Edge Treatment - complete, as indicated 400 FF 3o on plans, details and specifications %,;z 000 14 Furnish, install, and maintain Erosion Control Fencing as indicated on plans, 950 LF 3 includes removal and restoration at project completion - complete a �} 15 Furnish, install, and maintain Catch Basin Inlet Protection as indicated on plans, 2 EA C? includes removal at project completion - complete (? f 16 Furnish, install, and maintain Floating Silt Curtain as indicated on plans, 460 LF j r includes removal at a eet completion - complete c'U 0 17 Furnish, install, and maintain Tree Protection Fence as indicated on plans, includes 200 LF 3 6 bd removal at project completion - complete LASELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA MEiGHTS, MN K: 101782 -1 IMAdminlgpec' Addendum- 252.00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT MO. 01792410 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page - 2 of 7 (is) I BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 18 Furnish and install IYX 50' Aggregate Construction Access - complete, 1 Unit Bid Total Bid includ!2& removal and restoration at Lrjoect corn Iction EA &-o Section 1 Subtotal: lei �47Z_ No. No, Section 2 - Utilities Estimated Unit Bid Total Bid 0tv. fln Dollars) 19 Furnish and install 48" Diameter Manhole - complete, as indicated on plans, 19.5 LF _aB&llars details and specifications 20 and install 6" HDPE - complete, as indicated on plans, details and specifications 150 LF 21 Furnish and install 61' HDPE Pipe Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated on plans, details and specifications I E 6 /> lo 6 22 Furnish and install Area Intake - complete, as indicated on plans, details and specifications 3 EA 23 Furnish all labor and materials for Constructing Manhole over Existing Pipe - compfications _p lete, as indicated on jabs, details and M�i 2 EA 24 Furnish and install 1811 RCP Sewer Design 3006 Class M - complete, as 166 L11 411 indicated on plans, details end specifications b 97-2 25 Furnish and install 24" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated I EA Ion plans, details and specifications 26 Furnish all labor and materials for Removal of Existing 2411 RCP - complete, as lindicated 16 LF on plans, details and Recifications q� 27 Furnish and install 611 Pert PE Pipe Drain - complete, as indicated on plans, idetails 108 LF and specifications 1;q 7 -,, 28 Furnish and install 15" RCP Dewer Design 3006 Class III - complete, as 69 LF I indicated . on plans, details and Mecifications 3 29 Furbish and install Random Riprap Class M - complete, as indicated on plans, details and specifications 24 CY 30 Furnish and install 1811 RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complete, as indicated I EA on plans details and specifications I 31 Furnish and install 15" RCP Apron With Trash Guard - complcte, as indicated Ion I plans, details and specifications EA ;? / o 0 Furnish all labor and materials for all Electrical Work as indicated on plans, 32 details and specifications - complete, including removals, modifications and new I LS Ll Yew work Section 2 Subtotal- No. Section 3 - Pavements Estimated unit Unit Bid Total Bid ot_v an Dollars) an Doll*!:!) 33 Furnish and place 411 thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 2360 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 34 Furnish and place 511 thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as 240 SF indicated on plans, details and specifications - . complete 35 Furnish and install 81 wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides as indicated on plans, details and specifications - pa lete 2 , as 36 Furnish and place MnDOT Concrete Curb and Gutter for the parking stalls and drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 105 LF Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for the Parking Stalls and Drives as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete, including 1-5" MnDOT 37 2360 SPWEA340D wearing course mixture over MnDOT 2357 tack coat over 115 SY 2.0" MnDOT 2360 SPNWB330B non wearing course mixture over 8" MnDOT 3138 Class 5age ebase Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and 38 specifications - complete, including 2.5" MnDOT 2360 SPWEA240D wearing 355 Sy ),0"-20 course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggregate base Section 3 Subtotal: LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HSIGMS, M14 K:\01702-1101AdminNSpec\Addendum-2\2. oo5o"Id Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792410 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page - 3 of BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT No. ISection 4- Miscellaneous Site Amenities Dollars _ Dollars 39 Furnish and install 31-611 High ChainlinkFencing as indicated on plans, details 120 LF j f land s fications - corn lete, includin all attachments and hardware. 7 , io Section 4 Subtotal: �p end of base bid schedule (excludes add alternate bid items) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN KW1792- 1101AdmintSpeclAddendum- 212.00600 -Bid Form WSS PROJECT NO. 01M-110 ADDENDUM NO, 2 Page -4 of 7 Section 3 - Landscaping Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid a Dollars Dollars F40 Furnish and install Type I Turf Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and 0.8 AC ��" speoific*tions - eom lete, includin two months maintenance Furnish and install Type H Native Seed Mix as indicated on plans, details and 0.5 AC specifications - complete, including two months maintenance 42 Furnish and install wood fiber blanket as indicated on plans - complete 5810 SY e) 43 Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and 18 EA Jj,-�/ I O p f �v� specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch o' 7 / 1 0 44 Furnish and install B &B Coniferous Trees as indicated on plans, details and 1 EA f specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch l3St 3, 5 0 45 Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and 152 EA x e� specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch 1 6 g 46 Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and 110 EA 1 6 1 766? specifications - complete, including hardwood mulch ! 47 Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and 50 '1 e°' specifications �,,,I 48 Furnish and install Herbaceous Plugs as indicated on plans, details, and 744 EA 0 , specifications - complete Section S Subtotal: 777 7 Tota[BaseBidil end of base bid schedule (excludes add alternate bid items) LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN KW1792- 1101AdmintSpeclAddendum- 212.00600 -Bid Form WSS PROJECT NO. 01M-110 ADDENDUM NO, 2 Page -4 of 7 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Add Alternate Bid Schedule No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'A' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars n Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) for walkways and pads as indicated details 275 SF A.1 on plans, and specifications - complete 1140 A.2 Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 80 SF walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Furnish and place Asphalt Paving for Trails as indicated on plans, details and A.3 specifications - complete, including 2.5" WDOT 2360 SPWEA240B wearing 6 SY ion U � course mixture over 6" MnDOT 3138 Class 5 aggEMate base AA Furnish and install 6' wide Concrete Staircase - includes handrails on both sides 1 EA yf L7L�p �p�j� as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item'A' Total: 7,7777 77, Na. Add Alternate Bid Item 'B' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars Dollars Furnish and place 5" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for 1810 SF B.1 walkways and pads as indicated on plans, details and specifications - complete 4-1 7.;z -lo B.2 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table - complete, with concrete footings 4 EA V4) p Furnish and install 20' Square Picnic Shelter - complete, including electrical 1 LS B.3 conduit and concrete footin tip 96-01:1 BA Furnish and install B &B Deciduous Trees as indicated on plans, details and 2 EA specifications: - complete, including hardwood mulch B.5 Furnish and install Container Shrubs as indicated on plans, details and 6 EA specifications - corn lete, including hardwood mulch 1v jI, B.6 Furnish and install Container Perennials as indicated on plans, details and 39 EA �' s ecifications - complete, including hardwood mulch ' B.7 isvecifications Furnish and install Steel Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details, and 50 LF t� Add Alternate Bid Item 'B' Total: 1 No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'C' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bid n Dollars Dollars C.1 Furnish and install ADA Picnic Table - complete, with concrete footings 2 EA pp t-, y pp Furnish and install ArborfPreffis Feature at both ends of picnie shelter - 1 LS �t�dCG % % tiG Iy C.2 complete, with concrete footings Add Alternate Bid Item T, Total: u No. Add Alternate Bid Item 'D' Estimated Unit Unit Bid Total Bin n Dollars n Dollars Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for D.1 trash receptacle including relocation/installation of trash receptacle as indicated on 9 IF f 90 sans, devils and fications - complete Furnish and place 4" thick Concrete Paving (4000 psi) with 2" sand cushion for picnic table including relocation/installation of picnic table as indicated on plans, 48 SF D.2 details and specifications - complete Add Alternate Bid Item `D' Total: I ,'f' e7 Total Add Alternate id 1l end of add alternate bid schedule End of Bid Schedules t.ABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGKM, MN K: 141792- 110AdmK8pecWddendum- 212.00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO. 01792-110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Pape -5 of V BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT OWNER'S RLGHT, The owner reserves the right to revise the scope of the work outlined in the contract documents. "Unit Price" bids in the base bid and alternate bid schedules shall prevail for changing quantities of work items from those indicated in the contract documents. ADDENDA: The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. Dated - Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. , Dated,;) Addendum No. Dated CONTRACT TB►31r: The undersigned agrees to continence work under this contract on or before the date to be specified in written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner with the project substantially complete on or before September 11, 2019. WIMRAWAL OF PROPOSAL; This proposal is submitted after careful study of the Drawings and Specifications and from personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at park site, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any employee of the City of Columbia Heights. It is understood and agreed that proposal cannot be withdrawn within sixty (60) calendar days without the consent ofthe City of Columbia Heights. The City of Columbia Heights has the right to reject any or all proposals. A Bidder's Bond or Certified or Cashier's Check in the amount of not less than five percent (5 °l0) of our total bid made payable to City of Columbia Heights, is attached herewith and shall be considered liquidated damage to the Owner if bidder is awarded the contract but fails to enter into a contract in accordance with this Proposal. SUBMITTAL REQi71REMENTS: Each bidder shall be required to submit the following information and data. Information not submitted at the bid opening must be submitted prior to award of the contract. 1. Bid Form Proposal - Document 00500 2. Acknowledgment of receipt of addendum. 3. Contractors Verification of Compliance 4. Bid Bond 5. Any other items specifically required by the contract documents. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The contract for the work outlined in the contract document and this proposal form, will be awarded to the lowest qualified bidder. Lowest bid will be determined by the TOTAL BASE BID PRICE PLUS THE ACCEPTED ALTERNATES. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR: Responsible, Contractor - The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response /submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the City shall comply with the provisions of the statute. 1. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. 2. Responding contractors shall submit to the City a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in Nfmn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation docuramt. 3. A prime contractor shall submit to the City, upon request, copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. 4. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prune contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY Of COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, RAN K:i 01792- 110\Adm1niSpec \Addendum - 2\2.00500 -Bid Form WSB PROJECT NO, OIM -110 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page -B of7 CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE The undersigned, being first duly sworn, as a responding contractor on the Project, represents and swears as follows: Now, and at all times during the duration of the Project, the undersigned complies with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. Upon request, the undersigned will submit copies ofthe signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, or its subcontractor that makes the false statement, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned or its subcontractor that submits a false statement. Contractor: 6 O &SA By % rh q n �S6 4 (ple�� rint name} Signature ' {please sign name} Its 1�,—c C,� Subscribed and sworn to before me this ..R ,_, lie . Notary Public NOTARY P4 MINNESOTA My commission expires: Q�3i - 2� LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACTORS VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSS PROJECT NO. 1792-11 BID PROPOSAL FORM - LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FQRM SIGNA,TURE(S): Respectfully submitted, Bidder is ( Corporation) (Partnership) (Individual) (Joint Venture) Bidder must select one of above and if a Joint Venture, each joint venturer must sign. Finn 3 } By `-- 4� Title C6- 0 Fed. Tsui ID Number a0- 3 A g q 0 9 Date 0 ` %5- AFFIDAVIT OF NON- COLLUSION: I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for perjury: 1. That I am the BIDDER (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the firm (if the bidder is a partnership) or an officer or employee of the bidding corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the bidder is a corporation); 2. That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the BIDDER independently, and have been submitted without collusion with, and without, any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with any vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid, designed to limit independent bidding or competition; 3. That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the BIDDER, or its employees or agents, to any person not an employee or agent of the BIDDER, or its surety, on any bond famished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the bid or bids; and 4. That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. Bidder: 'V 1 v'nt -j a— ,1 ISO 17 Finn Making Bids: C 0c-,-s)4 Subse�j► ed and sw before me This `l 1�! day ofltT_, 20_� Notary Public My commission expires on1°l , •�r LABELLE PARK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN WSS PROJECT NO. 01792-110 ADDENDUM NO. I ANITA 111E FICKER NOTARY PUBLIC MNNEBOTA MV 0W-IWM 9MIAN Jar. $I.2000 K :101792- 1101Admin'Spec\Addandum- 112.00500 -BEd Form Page -7 of 7 Any singular- reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other parry shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (.+Marne and Address): foss): SURETY (Nonce, and Address of Principal Place of Odesa 11, LLC Rzrsiraesss): Employers Mutual Casualty Company 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE 717 Mulberry Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 Des Moines, IA 50309 OWNER (Name and Address): City of Columbia Heights 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 CONTRACT Effective Date of Agreement: February 23, 2015 Amount:Three Hundred Seventy -Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty -Three Dollars and 761100 Description (Name and Location): ($378,953.75) LaBelle Park Site Improvements including Alternates A,B,C and D BOND City Project No. 1306, Columbia Heights, MN Bond Number:S421913 Date (Not earlier than Effective Date of Agreement): March 9, 2015 Amount: Three Hundred Seventy -Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty -Three Dollars and 751100 Modifications to this Bond F01111: None ($378,953.75) Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, went, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAI, Odesa 11, LLC (Seal) Contractor's Tine and Corporate Seal By: Signature James Janson Print Name CEO Title j Attest: �dOCx Sigature cc .o Title SURETY Employers Mutual Casualty CompaU (Seal) Surety's Name and Corporate Sent Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Anita M. Ficker Print Name Attorney -in -Fact Title / r Attest: Signature Agent Title Note: Provide execrttion by additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. fMNV'001504,11 EJCDC G6 15(A) Payment Bond March 2008 Prepared try the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page I of .3 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect. to Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from all claims, demands, liens, or suits alleging non - payment by Contractor by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract., provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor and Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to Contractor and Surety; and provided there is no Owner Default. 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given, notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: 1. Have furnished written notice to Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials or equipment were ftirnishcd or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or peifonncd; and 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to Surety {at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to Contractor or to Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6. RCsn vcd, 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by Surety, 8. Ainounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any performance bond, By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 9. Surety shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant snider this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. tMWO01504;11 FJCDC C- 615(A) Payment Bond Z4areh 2008 Prepared 4y the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 3 10. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. if the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, Owner, or Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been f imishcd to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15. Definitions 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor, or with a first -tier subcontractor of Contractor, to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terns "labor, materials or equipment" that Dart of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Wort. of Contractor and Contractor's subcontrac(ors, and all other items for ).which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract, or to perform and complete or otherwise comply with the other terms thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY — (Maine, A&Iress, and Telephone) Surety Agency or Broker: Charles Allen Agency,ine.,4 13th Ave N,Waite Park,MN 56387 (320)252 -1702 Owner's Representative (Engineer or Other): City of Columbia Heights Engineering Dept. 637 38th Ave NE,Columbia Heights,MN 55421 (763)706 -3700 (NIN 00150}:1) FJCDC C- 615(A) Payment Bond March 2008 Prepared by Cite rngineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. NEC 3 Of3 CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 9th day of March 2015 , before me, personally appeared James Janson —,to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides in Sauk Rapids, MN that (s) he is the CEO Y0()000*=1KX0f Od-esa 11, LLC the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that (s)he named ereto by like order. MELISSA ANN ANDERSON NOTARY PUBLIC - MINNESOTA My commission Expires Jan. 31, 2017 (Notarial Seal) (Notary Signature) ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STAI'E ()ji, MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 9th day of March _, 2016 , before me, appeared Anita M. Ficker to me personally known, who being by mG duly sworn, did say that (s)he is the aforesaid officer or attorney in fact of the Employers Mutual Casualty Company . -1 a corporation;that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its Board of Directors; and the afoesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. MELISSA ANN ANDERSON NOTARY PUBLIC MINNESOTA MY Commission Expires Jan, 31, 2017 (Notarial Seal) (Notary Siignatur4 AWEMC. INSURANCE P.O. Box 712 • Des Moines, IA 50306 -0712 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that: 1. Employers Mutual Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 2. EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 3. Union Insurance Company of Providence, an Iowa Corporation 4. Illinois EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 5. Dakota Fire Insurance Company, a North Dakota Corporation 6. EMC Property & Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 7. Hamilton Mutual Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation hereinafter referred to severally as "Company" and collectively as "Companies ", each does, by these presents, make, constitute and appoint: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, with full power and authority conferred to sign, seal, and execute its lawful bonds, undertakings, and other obligatory instruments of a similar nature as follows: Inan amount not exceeding Ten Million Dollars. .............................. ......... ........................... _ .................. ............. ........................ ............... — ....... $10,000,000.00 and to bind each Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of each such Company, and all of the acts of said attorney pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed. The authority hereby granted shall expire APRIL 1 2016 unless sooner revoked. This Power- of- Aftorney is made and executed pursuant to and by the authority of the following resolution of the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies at a regularly scheduled meeting of each company duly called and held in 1999: RESOLVED: The President and Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall have power and authority to (1) appoint attorneys -in -fact and authorize them to execute on behalf of each Company and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and (2) to remove any such attorney -in -fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to him or her. Attorneys -in -fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the power -of- attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company, and to attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such attorney -in -fact shall be fully and in all respects binding upon the Company. Certification as to the validity of any power -of- attomey authorized herein made by an officer of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall be fully and in all respects binding upon this Company. The facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of such officer, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power -of- attorney of the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed for each by their officers as shown, and the Corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 21st day of JANUARY 1 2013 Seals JCS, CO M Pq��, �`OPPORy :p4`�GORPofl9T'+`9' 2 . : ��: : Z . °- SEAL 1863 -o, `' 1953 =t- >�;, IOWA ;'0 '. '/OWA, �lowA 4, `o P .`Pe OpPOFg1E��9': w: SEAL '�= SEAL; _�; SEAL - .o . ;OW •2''i� ,��a •'t 09TH DAK O , MOINES. MOUgr � \o�MUT � KATHY LYNN LDVERIDGE x _ Commission Number 780769 o� o Mu CommWalon Expkw sURAp °tN October 10, 2016 S, �03� Bruce G. Kelley, hairman of Companies 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6; President of Company 1; Vice Chairman and CEO of Company 7 Michael Freel Assistant Vice President On this 21st day of JANUARY AD 2013 before me a Notary Public in and for the State of Iowa, personally appeared Bruce G. Kelley and Michael Freel, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are, and are known to me to be the Chairman, President, Vice Chairman and CEO, and/or Assistant Vice President/Assistant Secretary, respectively, of each of The Companies above; that the seals affixed to this instrument are the seals of said corporations; that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of each of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors; and that the said Bruce G. Kelley and Michael Freel, as such officers, acknowledged the execution of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of each of the Companies. My Commission Expires October 10, 2016. Nota Public iK and for the State of Iowa CERTIFICATE 1, James D. Clough, Vice President of the Companies, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Boards of Directors by each of the Companies, and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on JANUARY 21, 2013 on behalf of: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile se��fj 5 each Company this 9th day of Marc Vice President Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Alanze and Address): Odesa 11, LLC 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE Sauk Rapids, MN 66379 OWNER (Nance and Address): City of Columbia Heights 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 66421 SURETY (Name, and Address of'Pr•incipal Place oj'Buciness): Employers Mutual Casualty Company 717 Mulberry Des Moines, IA 60309 CONTRACT Effective Date of Agreement: February 23, 2015 Amount: Three Hundred Seventy -Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty -Three Dollars and 761100 Description (Name and Location): ($378,963.75) LaBelle Park Site Improvements including Alternates A,B,C and D BOND City Project No. 1306, Columbia Heights, MN Bond Number; 5421913 ]date (Not earlier tlicrn Effective Date of Agreement): March 9, 2016 Amount: Three Hundred Seventy -Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty -Three Dollars and 761100 Modifications to this Bond Form: None (378,963.76) Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the tents set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Odesa 11, LLC (Seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal By: Si nature James Janson Print Name CEO SURETY Employers Mutual Casualty Company (Seal) Surety's /Name and Corporate Seat Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Anita M. Ficker Print Name Attorney -In -Fact Title Title 7 Attest: Attest: /G� Sign talre Signature C(-- 0 Title Agent Titic Alote: Provide execution by additional parties, such as.Joint venturers, if necessary. IJCDC C -610 Performance Bond Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page I of 3 Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns t.o Owner for the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 1. If Contractor perf`Urirts the Contract, Surety and CORLM LUI have no obligation widcr this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 2.1. 2. If there is no Owner Default, Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 2.1 Owner has notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph 9 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to be held not later than t 5 days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor, and Surety agree, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 2.2 Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety have received notice as provided in Paragraph 2.1; and 2.3 Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to: 1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; or 2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 33 to perform the Contract. 3. When Owner has satisfied the conditions or Paragraph 2, Suict.y shall promptly, and at Surcty's expense, take one of the following actions: 3.1 Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and complete the Contract; or 3.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 3.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on (he Contract, and pay to (honer the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 5 in excess of the Balance of the Contract. Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default; or 3.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 1. After investigation, dctcrnine the amount for which it may be liable to Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons therefor. 4. If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 3 with reasonable promptness, Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond 15 days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 3.4, and Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. 5. After owner ltas, terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contact, and if Surety elects to act under Paragraph 3.1, 3.2, or 3.3 above, then the responsibilities of Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under the Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but. subject to commitment by Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for: EJCDC C -610 Pefformance Bond Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 or 3 Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner for the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 1. If Contractor perCurins the Contract, Surety and Cuutracwi have no obligation under this Bond, cxccpt to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 2, 1, If there is no Owner Default, Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 2.1 Owner has notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph 9 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to be held not later than t 5 days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor, and Surety agree, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 2.2 Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety have received notice as provided in Paragraph 2.1; and 2.3 Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to: 1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; or 2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 33 to perform the Contract. 3. When Owner has satisfied the conditions ot'Paragrapli 2, Surct.y shall promptly, and at Surcty's expense, take one of the following actions: 3.1 Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and complete the Contract; or 3.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 3.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 5 in excess of the Balance of the Contract. Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default; or 14 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons therefor. 4. If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 3 with reasonable promptness, Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond 15 days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. I£ Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 3.4, and Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. 5. After nwner ha.s terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract, and if Surety elects to act under Paragraph 3.1, 3.2, or 33 above, then the responsibilities of Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under the Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for: LJCDC C -610 Performance Bond Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, Page 2 of 3 __ 5.1 The responsibilities of Contractor for correction of defective Work and completion of the Contract; 5.2 Additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions of or failure to act of Surety under Paragraph 3; and 5.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages arc specified in the Currttact, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non - performance of Contractor. b. Surety shall not be liable to Owner or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. 7. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 8, Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in whicl) the Work or part of the Work is located, and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after Contractor ceased working or within two years after Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first_ if the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 9. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 10. When this Bond has been furnistred to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefroin and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 11. Definitions. 11.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance t.o Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages to which Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract. 11.2 Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 11.3 Contractor Default: Failure of Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Contract. 11.4 Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied not- waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and complete or otherwise comply with the other t.crrns thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY — (,Vemw, Address and Telephone) Surety Agency or Broker: Charles Allen Agency, Inc.,4 13th Ave N,Waite Park,MN 56387 (320)262 -1702 Owner's Representative (Engineer or other partv): City of Columbia Heights Engineering Dent 637 38th Ave NE,Columbia Heights,MN 65421 (763)706 EJCUC C -G 10 Performance Bond Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 3 of 3 3700 STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 9th day of March 2016 , before me, personally appeared James Janson to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides in Sauk Rapids, MN that (s) he is the CEO XXX)0bd=kXof Odesa 11, LLC the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that (s)he signed his/her name thereto by like order. MELISSA ANN ANDERSON NOTARY PUBLIC - MINNESOTA 201 My Commission Expires Jan, 31, 2017 4 (N (Notary Signature) ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STATE Oji, MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 9th day of March _, 2016 , before me, appeared Anita M. Ficker to me peroonally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that (s)he is the aforesaid officer or attorney in fact of the Employers Mutual Casualty Company a corporation;that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its Board of Directors; and the afoesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. MELISSA ANN ANDERSON NOTA.9y PUBLIC - MINNESOTA MYCO[nmissOnExPiresJan.311201,' (Notarial Seal) 4Notary �Signatu e) "EMIC N0. A97360 INSURANCE P.O. Box 712 - Des Moines, IA 50306 -0712 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that: 1. Employers Mutual Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 2. EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 3. Union Insurance Company of Providence, an Iowa Corporation 4. Illinois EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 5. Dakota Fire Insurance Company, a North Dakota Corporation 6. EMC Property & Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 7. Hamilton Mutual Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation hereinafter referred to severally as "Company" and collectively as "Companies ", each does, by these presents, make, constitute and appoint: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER its true and lawful aftomey -in -fact, with full power and authority conferred to sign, seal, and execute its lawful bonds, undertakings, and other obligatory instruments of a similar nature as follows: In an amount not exceeding Ten Million Dollars .................. ..................................... ...................... .................. .......... . ... ............ - ............................... $10,000,000.00 and to bind each Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of each such Company, and all of the acts of said attorney pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed. The authority hereby granted shall expire APRIL 1 2016 unless sooner revoked. RT ": IWA This Power- of- Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by the authority of the following resolution of the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies at a regularly scheduled meeting of each company duly called and held in 1999: RESOLVED: The President and Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall have power and authority to (1) appoint attorneys -in -fact and authorize them to execute on behalf of each Company and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and (2) to remove any such attorney -in -fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to him or her. Attorneys -in -fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the power -of- attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company, and to attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such aftomey -in -fact shall be fully and in all respects binding upon the Company. Certification as to the validity of any power -of- attorney authorized herein made by an officer of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall be fully and in all respects binding upon this Company. The facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of such officer, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power -of- attorney of the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed for each by their officers as shown, and the Corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 21st day of JANUARY 2013 1f� Seals ,�,f p�LO1NSUR'., ,G" ��MPAti''., ,� ' ,8, Cqs.,• Bruce G. Kelley, hairman Michael Freel Jp0.P ORq ''; 0'� : Q `OPP ORq of Companies 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6; President Assistant Vice President P: 4 t I : ' 2 = = = a = = of Company 1; Vice Chairman and _ x SEAL ab : Z 1863 = o ; : 1953 CEO of Company 7 r' IOWA '. 'f''lOW!P`�: �'�iyn �•13o��`` � IOWA 'K . NsURA+VCF'., 0. `��NSURA /V �' ` 000mA„ Cq',. `� �.- ' SEAL `<- ,p: SEAL f SEAL o; RTH MOINES.` 1OWP` ,,,, oPKO ,. ,�,,,,,, , „,,,,,,,,, MuTUq�� von 03 TUq�09 p A, KATHY LYNN LO IDG E _ t 8 Tr Commission Number 780769 C11 n My Commission Expires F� URAN� Q° ow October 10, 2016 ES, On this 21 st day of JANUARY AD 2013 before me a Notary Public in and for the State of Iowa, personally appeared Bruce G. Kelley and Michael Freel, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are, and are known to me to be the Chairman, President, Vice Chairman and CEO, and /or Assistant Vice President/Assistant Secretary, respectively, of each of The Companies above; that the seals affixed to this instrument are the seals of said corporations; that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of each of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors; and that the said Bruce G. Kelley and Michael Freel, as such officers, acknowledged the execution of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of each of the Companies. My Commission Expires October 10, 2016. c � A" �/ 11 qlu6�� ) NotaVPublic M and for the State of Iowa CERTIFICATE 1, James D. Clough, Vice President of the Companies, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Boards of Directors by each of the Companies, and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on JANUARY 21, 2013 on behalf of: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. In Testimony Wherg oflhave subscribed m name and affixed the facsimile �f5 each Company this y frh day of,__,-_M�rcri Vice President L0• •' , i 14<7 CERTIFICATE F LIABILITY INSURANCE DA /Y, 033/09109/22015 015 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Charles Allen Agency, Inc. Mark Gresser, CEO CONTACT NAME. Melissa Anderson PHONE FAx Arc No Ext : 320 -25$ -9379 A/C, No): please email 4 th Avenue North Waite Park, MN 56387 E-MAIL D SS; melissa.anderson charlesallenagency.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Mark Gresser, CEO INSURER A: Liberty Mutual Insurance 04/01/2015 ( i 04/01/2016 f INSURED Odesa 11, LLC 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 INSURER B : DAMAGE RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) INSURER C: MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 INSURER D: PERSONAL& ADV INJURY INSURER E: GEN'L X AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY 1-1 JE C LOC OTHER: INSURER F: $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG <91191TI2 -1 -yel 3- N:j-idlyr y "k d el J It firrtH3- _ THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD B WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF FOLIC YYYY POLJCY EXP MMtDD/YYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE ^ 1 OCCUR _ X 55983459 04/01/2015 ( i 04/01/2016 f EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL& ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY 1-1 JE C LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X AUOTOSWNED 155983459 1 04/01/20151 04/01/2016 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ X PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ $ A X UMBRELLA LIAR EXCESS LIAB I X IOCCUR CLAIMS -MADE 55983459 04/01/2015 04/01/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 DED I X I RETENTION$ 10000) $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR /PARTNER /EXECUTIVE Y� OFFICERIMEMBEREXCLUDED? Y (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N /A, 55983459 04/0112015 I 04/01/2016 PER OTH- X STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE' — $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 A ,Lease /Rent Equip 55983459 04/01/2015 04/01/2016 BUR Limit 50,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS t LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) Re: LaBelle Park Site Improvements. The City of Columbia Heights is listed as additional insured regarding general Iibility for ongoing operations. Coverage applies when required by written contract. CERTIFICATF 14ni 1115:1P nAA1^CI 1 A"r,ns, CITCOL3 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Columbia Heights ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Public Works Department AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 637 38th Ave NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 -3806 ©1988 -2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT 2 NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 2 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS 2 EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) 2 MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION 3 EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B 3 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY- ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION 5 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" 6 WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS /MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES 6 NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES 7 FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES 7 KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE 7 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 7 EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US - 8 WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU J © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 8 With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section 1 - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability,- exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1. It is not owned by any insured; 2. It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; 3. The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4. It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis, that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liabil-.. ity, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Property do not apply if such "property damage" results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2. The following is added to Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance, Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I -Coverage A -Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the follow- ing: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: (i) Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii) Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III - Limits of Insurance. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III - Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph 6. under Section III -Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to: a. Anyone premise: (1) While rented to you; or (2) While rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection sys- tems; or b. Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract ". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section 1 - Coverage C - Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B 1. Under Supplementary Payments -Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit ", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section 11 - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury ", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused in whole or in part by: a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or the "per- sonal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 b. Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or a, c. The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or d. Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has' issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury ", "property damage ", or "personal and ad- vertising injury" arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "completed operations hazard ". (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: (a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar expo- sures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insur- ance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage ". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Condi- tions. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2. With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section 1- Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs. c. "Bodily injury ", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the render- ing of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occur- rence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage ", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury ", involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement is- sued by us and made a part of this policy. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III - Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amend- ed as follows: a. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. i © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 8 b. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or _ agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or, primary and non - contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the addi tional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. 1. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit " to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and c. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract — or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III - Limits of insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS J MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury ": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co- "employee" while in the course of his or her employ- ment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co- "employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing profes- sional health care personnel to others, or if coverage for providing professional health care ser- vices is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by an "employee" who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the "employee's" job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other "employ- ees" of yours. However, none of these "employees" are insureds for "bodily injury" or "personal and © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 advertising injury" arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury ", or caused in whole or in part by their intoxica- tion by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your "employee ". K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section 11- Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Repre- sentations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" existing as of the inception date of the policy - shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: Knowledge of an "occurrence ", offense, claim or "suit" by an agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II - Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of "occurrences ", offenses, claims or "suits" shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or "employee". N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. O. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V - Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sick- ness or disease. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US - WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Trans- fer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard" provided: 1. You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2. The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agree- ment. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8